PROJECT MANUAL. April 4, New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Shingle Springs, California

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "PROJECT MANUAL. April 4, New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Shingle Springs, California"

Transcription

1 PROJECT MANUAL April 4, 2014 New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Shingle Springs, California Buckeye Union School District El Dorado Hills, El Dorado County, California Job No.: 1402 Bid Set NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect 3510 Coon Hollow Road Placerville, CA Telephone:

2

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Document PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Title Page Table of Contents PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS Advertisement for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid Form Noncollusion Affidavit Worker s Compensation Certificate Fingerprinting Notice and Acknowledgment CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Owner-Contractor Agreement Performance and Payment Bond Certificates of Insurance Form General Conditions Supplementary Conditions Construction Claims SPECIFICATIONS GROUP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Summary of Work Substitution Procedures Contract Modification Procedures Information Request Procedure Payment Procedures Project Management and Coordination Progress Schedule Submittals Regulatory Requirements References Quality Assurance Testing and Inspection Services Temporary Facilities and Controls Product Requirements Execution Requirements Cutting and Patching Closeout Procedures DIVISIONS 02 THROUGH 11 Not Used DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS Site Furnishings DIVISIONS 11 THROUGH 25 Not Used New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

4 INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Page 2 Document Table of Contents FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL Electrical Work General Requirements Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Switchboards, Panelboards, Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers Lighting Poles, Lamps and Standards DIVISIONS 27 THROUGH 30 Not Used DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK Excavating, Grading, and Site Preparation Minor Demolition DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Asphalt Concrete Paving Portland Cement Concrete Paving Chain Link Fences and Gates Sprinkler Irrigation Landscaping DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES Site Drainage PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP Not Used Attachments: Hazardous Materials Survey, Final Report - Transportation Office Portable; Transportation Break Room Portable Hazardous Materials Survey, Final Report - Former Maintenance Storage (Unit N); Former District Office (Unit M); Former Board Room Portable Drawings: CVR - Cover Sheet Civil C0.1 - Sitework Notes & Legend C0.2 - Topographic Survey C1.1 - Demolition Plan C2.1 - Horizontal Control Plan C3.1 - Grading Plan C3.2 - Grading Plan C3.3 - Grading Plan C4.1 - Utility Plan C5.1 - Paving Plan C5.2 - Striping Plan C6.1 - Erosion Control Plan C6.2 - Erosion Notes & Details C7.1 - Site Details C7.2 - Site Details & Sections C7.3 - Site Details & Sections C7.4 - Site Details & Sections New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

5 INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Document Table of Contents Page 3 C8.1 - Cover Sheet C8.2 - General Notes, Legend and Abbreviations C8.3 - Driveway Encroachment Plan Architectural A1.1 - Overall Site Plan Electrical E0.1 - Symbols, Notes and Details E1.0 - Site Plan - Electrical Demolition E1.1 - Site Plan - Electrical Landscape L1.1 - Tree Planting Plan L2.1 - Shrub/Turf Planting Plan L3.1 - Irrigation Plan L4.1 - Landscape Planting Details L4.2 - Irrigation Details L4.3 - Irrigation Details * End * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

6 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Document Notice is hereby given that the Buckeye Union School District, referred to as the Owner, will receive sealed proposals for the furnishing of all labor, materials, transportation, equipment and services necessary for construction of the New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School in Shingle Springs, California. Bids will be received at the School District Offices at 1665 Blackstone Parkway, El Dorado Hills, CA 95762, until 1:00 pm on Thursday, May 1, 2014, at which time they will be publicly opened and publicly read. The project consists of construction of a new parking lot, including demolition of existing buildings and minor asbestos abatement, landscaping and parking lot lighting, all in conformance with drawings and specifications prepared by Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect, Placerville, California. A mandatory pre-bid walk-through will be held at 3:30 pm on Thursday, April 10, 2014 at Buckeye Elementary School, 4561 Buckeye Road, Shingle Springs, CA. Bids shall be made on the form provided by the Architect and accompanied by money order or Bid Bond for 10% of the amount of the bid, payable to the Owner. Bid shall not expire for a period of ninety (90) days after the scheduled closing time set for receipt of bids. The Contractor awarded the project will be required to provide 100% Payment Bond and 100% Performance Bond. Contractor shall possess a valid Class A General Engineering Contractor license issued by the California Contractors State License Board. Successful bidders may substitute securities as provided in Public Contract Code Section Drawings and Specifications may be examined at the following locations: Sacramento Regional Builders Exchange: 1331 "T" Street, Sacramento, CA or online planroom; El Dorado Builders Exchange: 3430 Robin Lane, Suite 7, Cameron Park, CA or online planroom; Placer County Contractors Association: Industrial Avenue, Suite 160, Roseville, CA or online planroom; McGraw Hill: 4300 Beltway Place, Ste. 180, Arlington, TX 76018; Reed Construction: 30 Technology Parkway South, Suite 500, Norcross GA 30092; ISQFT Builders Exchange: 4500 Lake Forest Dr., Suite 502, Cincinnati OH Bidders may obtain copies of the drawings and specifications at their own expense from ARC Document Solutions, 801 Broadway, Sacramento, CA 95818; (916) ; El Dorado Press and Blueprint, 4100 Cameron Park Dr Ste #101, Cameron Park CA 95682; (530) Project is subject to prevailing wage provisions of Labor Code Article 2. Per Education Code Section , Owner has a goal of 3% participation by disabled veteran business enterprises (DVBE) on this Project. Per Education Code , Contractor employees who may come in contact with students are subject to a Fingerprinting and Criminal Background Check. The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities and reject any or all bids. Dated: Advertising Dates: April 4, 2014 and April 9, 2014 * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 26, 2014

7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section GENERAL: A. DEFINITIONS: 1. The Owner is Buckeye Union School District, 1665 Blackstone Parkway, El Dorado Hills, CA The Project Team consists of the Owner, the Architect: Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect, Placerville, California; the Inspector of Record (IOR); the Division of the State Architect (DSA); the Contractor and other design professionals and consultants providing services in connection with the Project. 3. The Project is the New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School, 4561 Buckeye Road, Shingle Springs, CA Work is any portion of the Project. 5. The Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, Noncollusion Affidavit, and other bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary), Drawings, Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. 6. Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. 7. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. 8. A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. 9. The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. 10. An Alternate Bid is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. 11. A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. 12. A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. 13. Subcontractors are those who will perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the work in an amount in excess of one half (1/2) of one percent (1%) of the Bidder's total bid. B. DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION: In accordance with Education Code Section , this District has a participation goal for disabled veteran business enterprises of at least 3 percent per year of the overall dollar amount of funds allocated to the District by the State Allocation Board pursuant to the Leroy F. Greene School Facilities Act of 1998 for construction or modernization and expended each year by the School District. Prior to, and as a condition precedent for final payment under any contract for such project, the contractor shall provide appropriate documentation to the District identifying the amount paid to disabled veteran business enterprises in conjunction with the contract, so that the District can assess its success at meeting this goal. C. LABOR COMPLIANCE PROGRAM: In accordance with Section of the California Labor Code, the School District has initiated and will enforce a Labor Compliance Program which includes the following elements: 1. A pre-job conference must be held with the Contractor and all subcontractors to discuss federal and state labor law requirements applicable to the project. 2. Project contractors and subcontractors must maintain and furnish, at a designated time, a certified copy of each weekly payroll containing a statement of compliance with the prevailing wage law, signed under penalty of perjury. 3. The School District must review, and, if necessary, audit payroll records to verify compliance with the prevailing wage law. 4. The School District must withhold contract payments when payroll records are delinquent or inadequate. 5. The School District must withhold contract payments equal to the amount of underpayment and applicable penalties when, after investigation, it is established that underpayment has occurred. The School District and the Contractor must both comply with the notification requirements of the Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, through use of the Compliance Monitoring Unit ( D. PRE-JOB CONFERENCE: The Owner and other members of the Project Team will be present to answer Bidders' questions regarding the Project, and to provide information to Bidders at a mandatory New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

8 Instructions to Bidders Page 2 Pre-Job Conference for this project to be held at 3:30 pm on Thursday, April 10, 2014 at Buckeye Elementary School, 4561 Buckeye Road, Shingle Springs, CA. All Bidders are required to attend. E. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS By making a Bid, Bidder represents that Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents; has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and has correlated personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents; and that the Bid is made in accordance with the Bidding Documents and based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. F. BIDDING DOCUMENTS: 1. Bidding Documents will be made available to interested bidders through ARC Document Solutions, 801 Broadway, Sacramento, CA 95818; (916) ; El Dorado Press and Blueprint, 4100 Cameron Park Dr Ste #101, Cameron Park CA 95682; (530) Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing proposals; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 3. Bidding Documents are provided to Bidders for bidding only. No other use is permitted. 4. Requests from Bidders for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall be directed to the Architect in writing no later than seven (7) days prior to the date set for the opening of bids so that all inquiries can be answered in writing and distributed to all bidders in the form of addenda to the contract documents in ample time before the bid opening date. 5. Should a Bidder find discrepancies, ambiguities, inconsistencies, errors or omissions in the Drawings or Documents, or be in doubt as to their meaning, Bidder should at once notify the Architect. Failure of the Bidder to report obvious discrepancies, ambiguities, or omissions necessary to carry out the intent of the Drawings or Specifications, or which are customarily performed, shall not relieve the Bidder from performing the necessary work. 6. Changes and corrections to the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum and distributed to the Bidders. The Owner and the Architect will not be responsible for any verbal instructions. 7. No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior to the date of receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. 8. Each Bidder shall ascertain, prior to submitting the bid, that every Addendum issued prior to the Bid Date has been considered, and shall acknowledge receipt of each Addendum in the Bid in writing. Each Addendum will become a part of the Contract for Construction. Addenda issued prior to receipt of bids will be issued by the Architect to planholders of record only. Addenda will be signed by the Architect and approved by DSA. 9. Each Bidder shall include, as part of the proposal, their Contractor's license number and license expiration date. 10. Each Bidder shall include, as part of the bid documents, an executed and notarized Noncollusion Affidavit. 11. Each Bidder shall include, as part of the bid documents, a signed Fingerprinting Notice and Acknowledgment. G. BID SECURITY: A bid guarantee in the amount of 10% of the bid must accompany the bid. Failure to furnish a required bid guarantee in the proper form and amount, by the time set for opening the bids, may be cause for rejection of the bid. A bid guarantee, made payable to the Owner, shall be in the form of a firm commitment, such as a bid bond (AIA A310), Cashier's check, or money order. Bid guarantees, other than bid bonds, will be returned (a) to unsuccessful bidders as soon as practicable after the opening of the bids, (b) to the successful bidder upon the execution of such further contractual document and bonds as may be required by the bid as accepted. Except as provided in Section 5100 through 5108, inclusive, of the California Public Contract Code, if the bidder refuses or is unable after notification of the award of the Contract, to execute said Contract within ten (10) calendar days of such notification, or to furnish the required payment or performance bonds, said bidder's bid security shall become the property of the Owner not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. In accordance with Section 5106 of the California Public Contract Code, award may then be made to the next best qualified bidder, or the Work may be rebid as determined by the Owner's governing body to be in the public interest. H. SUBSTITUTIONS: The materials, products, and equipment specified in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of quality, function, dimension and appearance required by any requested substitutions. Refer to Section SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. I. BIDDING PROCEDURES: 1. Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the form included with the Bidding Documents. All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink. Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

9 Page 3 Instructions to Bidders discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. 2. All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change". 3. All copies of the Bid, the bid security, and other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope, addressed to the Owner in care of the Architect and identified with the Project Name, the Bidder's name and address, and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. 4. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. Oral, telephonic or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. J. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS: 1. A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or cancelled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, except in accordance with Section Public Contract Code. 2. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, Bids may be modified by telegraphic, facsimile or written communication, provided such communication is received by the Architect prior to the closing time. The telegraphic, facsimile or written communication shall be worded so that the amounts of the original Bid are not revealed. 3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids. K. BID OPENING AND CONTRACT AWARDS: 1. Bids will be opened publicly and read aloud after the time and date established for receipt of bids, which shall be 1:00 pm on Thursday, May 1, The Owner intends to award contracts on the basis of the lowest responsive responsible bidder who submits a proper proposal in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents. All awards will be made in the Owner's best interest. 3. The form of Contract that the successful Bidder will be required to execute, if awarded the work, is included in Document OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. 4. The Owner reserves the right to waive any informality or irregularity in any Bids. 5. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids. 6. The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. L. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Should the Work not be completed within the Contract Period plus, if any, authorized extension of time, there will be deducted from any money due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract the sum of five hundred dollars ($500.00), as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each day's delay after the expiration of said time until the final physical completion of said Work and its delivery to and acceptance by the Owner. M. BONDS: Refer to Document PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND, for information regarding bonding requirements. N. INSURANCE: Refer to Documents GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, for information regarding insurance requirements. O. WAGES: 1. All Bidders are hereby notified that prevailing wage per Diem rates must be paid as required by the Labor Code of the State of California, Sections 1770 et seq., including , , 1775, and It is mandatory upon the Contractor to whom the contract is awarded, and upon any Subcontractor under the Contractor, to pay not less than the specified rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification, and type of worker needed to execute this contract. 2. The attention of the Bidder is directed to the fact that the schedule of prevailing rates of pay for each craft or type of workman needed to execute the work, as indicated in the attached Document ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS, contains the minimum rate of pay as established by the State Director of Industrial Relations in pursuance of the provisions of the Labor Code of the State of California, which Code requires the establishing of such rates for the locality in which the work is to be performed. Section 1770 of the Labor Code reads: "Nothing... shall prohibit the payment of more than the general prevailing rate of wages to any workman employed on public work.". 3. All Bidders shall check the available source of labor supply and obtain information with reference to the length of the working day of various crafts and actual rates of wages being paid in the immediate vicinity of the place where work contemplated by these Specifications is to be performed, particularly with reference to rates of pay that may be in excess of those general New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

10 Instructions to Bidders Page 4 prevailing rates established by the Owner indicated in the above-mentioned Document ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. P. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE: Bidder must be a contractor properly licensed to perform the work of this project with an active license in good standing as of the date of receipt of bids. License must be issued by the Contractors State License Board of California and must be maintained in good standing throughout the term of the contract. Q. SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING: Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 4100 to 4114, inclusive, of the California Public Contract Code, every Bidder shall in the bid set forth: 1. The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor. 2. The portion of the work that will be done by each subcontractor. If the Bidder fails to specify a subcontractor for any portion of the work to be performed under the Contract in excess of one half (1/2) of one percent (1%) of the Bidder's total bid, Bidder agrees to perform that portion with Bidder's own forces. The successful Bidder shall not, without the consent of the Owner, either: a. Substitute any person as subcontractor in place of the subcontractor designated in the original bid. b. Permit any subcontract to be assigned or transferred or allow it to be performed by anyone other than the original subcontractor listed in the bid. c. Sublet or subcontract any portion of the work in excess of one half (1/2) of one percent (1%) of the total bid as to which the original bid did not designate a subcontractor. 2. PRODUCTS: NOT USED 3. EXECUTION: NOT USED * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

11 BID FORM Document SUMMARY: Bids will be received until 1:00 pm on Thursday, May 1, 2014, in the School District Offices at 1665 Blackstone Parkway, El Dorado Hills, CA TO: Buckeye Union School District (Sometimes hereinafter called "Owner".) Ladies/Gentlemen: The undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to furnish any and all required labor, material, equipment, transportation and services for construction of the New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School for Buckeye Union School District, 1665 Blackstone Parkway, El Dorado Hills, CA 95762, in strict conformity with the Drawings, Project Manual, and other documents on file at the office of the Architect, Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect, Placerville, California. BASE BID: DOLLARS ($.) TIME FOR COMPLETION: 75 CALENDAR DAYS. Construction on site will commence on June 2, 2014 and shall be complete by August 1, The Contractor shall prosecute the Work in a prompt, diligent and workmanlike manner. It is understood and agreed that the Work shall be completed within the number of calendar days stated on the Bid Form from the date stipulated on the written Notice to Proceed, unless extension of time or suspension of the Work is authorized as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. Should the work contracted for under this Agreement not be completed within the Contract Period plus, if any, authorized extension of time, there will be deducted from any money due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract the sum of five hundred dollars ($500.00), as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each day's delay after the expiration of said time until the final physical completion of said Work and its delivery to and acceptance by the Owner. The undersigned, upon notice of the acceptance of the bid within ninety (90) days after the date of opening of the bids, hereby agrees to sign said Contract and furnish the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within ten (10) days after Notice of Award of said Contract. The undersigned has examined the location of the proposed work and is familiar with the Drawings, Project Manual, and other Contract Documents and the local conditions at the place where the work is to be done. The undersigned has checked carefully all of the above figures and understands that the Owner will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up this bid. The undersigned acknowledges that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and/or waive any irregularities or informalities in the bidding. Enclosed, made payable to the Owner, find Bidder's Bond, from a surety company registered with the State of California Insurance Commissioner, or Money Order in the amount of 10% of the bid. Enclosed is signed and notarized Noncollusion Affidavit. Enclosed is signed Fingerprinting Notice and Acknowledgment. Pursuant to state law (AB 1610 and 1612), the undersigned certifies by offering a bid that all employees and all employees of sub-contractors who will potentially come in contact with students have been cleared by a Department of Justice criminal record check and said individual(s) has not been convicted of a violent or serious felony as listed in subdivision (c) of Section of the California Penal Code nor convicted of, or entered a plea of nolo contendere to, charges of any sex offense as defined in Education Code Section Said check shall be immediately available to the District upon request. Receipt of Addenda is acknowledged as follows: No. 1 ; No. 2 ; No. 3 ; No. 4 New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

12 Bid Form Page 2 CONTRACTOR: By: STREET ADDRESS: City, State: MAILING ADDRESS: City, State, Zip Code: TELEPHONE: ( ) CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD NO.: CLASSIFICATION: Dated this day of, 20. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

13 Page 3 Bid Form SUBCONTRACTOR FORM LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS FOR, GENERAL CONTRACTOR. PROJECT: New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 4100 to 4114 inclusive, of the California Public Contracts Code, and as set forth in Instructions to Bidders, and the General Conditions, the above named Contractor hereby designates below the names and locations of the place of business of each subcontractor proposed to be employed to perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the work in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total amount of Bidder's proposal. NAME & ADDRESS DESCRIPTION OF WORK SUBCONTRACTOR'S OF SUBCONTRACTOR TO BE SUBCONTRACTED CALIF. LICENSE NO. (Copy this sheet if additional space is needed) * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

14

15 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Section In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 7106, a notarized copy of this Noncollusion Affidavit shall be executed by the Bidder and submitted with the Bid Form. NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT FORM STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) ) ss. County of ), being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is of, the party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I certify (or declare) under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Signature of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to me on, 20. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

16 WORKER S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE Section REFERENCE TO LABOR CODE SECTION 3700 "Every employer except the State and all political subdivisions or institutions thereof, shall secure the payment of compensation in one or more of the following ways: (a) (b) By being insured against liability to pay compensation in one or more insurers duly authorized to write compensation insurance in this State. By securing from the Director of Industrial Relations a certificate of consent to self-insure, which may be given upon furnishing proof satisfactory to the Director of Industrial Relations of ability to self-insure and to pay any compensation that may become due to his employees". 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATIONS I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workmen's compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract. CONTRACTOR'S STATE LICENSE NO. CONTRACTOR: By By Authorized Officers or Agents (CORPORATE SEAL) 1.3 INSTRUCTIONS Per Article 5 (commencing at Section 11860), Chapter 1, Part 7, Division 2 of the Labor Code, the above certificate must be signed and filed with the District prior to performing any Contract work. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

17 FINGERPRINTING NOTICE AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT Section REFERENCE TO EDUCATION CODE In accordance with Education Code Section , this document shall be executed by the Bidder and submitted with the Bid Form. FINGERPRINTING NOTICE AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT: Business entities entering into contracts with the Owner for the construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation or repair of a school facility must comply with Education Code sections and Such entities are responsible for ensuring full compliance with the law and should therefore review all applicable statutes and regulations. The following information is provided simply to assist such entities with compliance with the law. A. If your employee(s) will have more than limited contact with the students, then you must take one or more of the following steps: 1. Install a physical barrier at the worksite to limit contact with pupils. 2. Have an employee who has not been convicted of a violent or serious felony continually monitor and supervise employees. 3. Arrange for surveillance by school district personnel, with District approval. If one or more of these steps is taken, you are not required to comply with Education Code section B. If you are providing the services in an emergency or exceptional situation, you are not required to comply with Education Code section An emergency or exceptional situation is one in which pupil health or safety is endangered or when repairs are needed to make a school facility safe and habitable. The Owner shall determine whether an emergency or exceptional situation exists. I have read the foregoing and agree to comply with the requirements of Education Code and as applicable. Dated: Signature Name: Title: * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 26, 2014

18 OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Section GENERAL: This Agreement made and entered into this day of, 20, by and between Buckeye Union School District of El Dorado County, First Party, sometimes hereinafter called the Owner, and, Second Party, sometimes hereinafter called the Contractor, WITNESSETH: That the parties hereto mutually covenanted and agreed, and by these presents do covenant and agree with each other, as follows: 2. The ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS, ACCEPTED BID, LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND and PERFORMANCE BOND are attached to and are a part of this Agreement. The complete Contract includes also the Drawings, Specifications, all items listed in the Project Manual and all modifications and amendments thereto. All Contract Documents are intended to cooperate so that any work called for in one and not mentioned in the other, or vice versa, is to be executed the same as if mentioned in all Contract Documents. 3. The said Contractor agrees to furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, transportation, labor, and material, other than material, if any, agreed to be furnished by the Owner hereunder, necessary to perform and complete, and to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner, the work of New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Shingle Springs, California as called for, and in the manner designated in, and in strict conformity with this Agreement, and with the Drawings and Project Manual adopted by the Board of Trustees, which said Drawings and Project Manuals are entitled respectively New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School and are hereby specifically referred to and made a part of this Agreement with like effect as if fully set forth herein. 4. It is understood and agreed that said tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, transportation, labor, and material shall be furnished and said work performed and completed as required in said Drawings and Project Manual under the direction and supervision of, and subject to the approval of, the Architect and Owner. The Architect shall have the right to accept or reject materials or workmanship, and to determine when the Contractor has complied with the conditions of the Contract. The Inspector employed by the Owner shall represent the Architect and the Owner on the project for the State of California, Division of the State Architect. 5. The Owner agrees to pay and the Contractor agrees to accept, in full payment for the work above agreed to be done, the sum of DOLLARS ($ ) which sum is to be paid according to the provisions of the General Conditions. 6. The Contractor shall prosecute the Work in a prompt, diligent and workmanlike manner. It is understood and agreed that the Work shall be completed within 75 calendar days from the date stipulated on the written Notice to Proceed, unless extension of time or suspension of the Work is authorized as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. Should the work contracted for under this Agreement not be completed within the Contract Period plus, if any, authorized extension of time, there will be deducted from any money due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract the sum of five hundred dollars ($500.00) as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each day's delay after the expiration of said time until the final physical completion of said Work and its delivery to and acceptance by the Owner. 7. Copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations in accordance with Labor Code Section 1773 are on file at the Owner's office, and copies are available for inspection at that office to any interested party on request. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

19 Division 00 Page 2 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Section Owner-Contractor Agreement 8. The Contractor agrees to comply with Labor Code Section 1775 (Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates) and Labor Code Section 1776 (Keeping Accurate Payroll Records) and Labor Code Section , placing the responsibility for compliance with the statutory requirements for all apprenticeable occupations on the prime contractor. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements imposed by California Labor Code Sections 1720 through 1815 regarding public works projects and prevailing wage law. 9. In the event of any action or proceeding brought by one party against the other party under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover for the fees of its attorneys in such action or proceeding in such an amount as the court may judge reasonable. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Board of Trustees has caused this Agreement to be subscribed by its duly authorized officer in its behalf, and the said Party of the Second Part has signed this Agreement the day and year first above written. Buckeye Union School District of El Dorado County, a Political Subdivision of the State of California By Date Authorized Official CONTRACTOR By Date REVIEWED BY LEGAL COUNSEL DATE * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

20 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: 1. General: The Owner requires successful Bidder to furnish both a Labor and Material Payment Bond and a Performance Bond, each in the amount stated below. Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. 2. Performance Bond shall be in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract amount; shall guarantee the faithful performance of the Contractor or manufacturer; and shall insure the District during the work required by the Contract and for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance of the work against faulty or improper materials or workmanship that may be discovered during that time. 3. Labor and Material Payment Bond shall be in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract amount; and shall be in accordance with the law of the State of California to secure the payment of all claims for labor and materials used or consumed in the performance of any Contract. 4. Include costs for Labor and Material Payment Bonds and Performance Bonds in Base Bids. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

21

22 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we BOND FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS the Contractor in the Contract hereto annexed, as Principal, and as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the Buckeye Union School District of El Dorado County, a Political Subdivision of the State of California, hereinafter called the "Owner", in the sum of DOLLARS ($ ) lawful money of the United States, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. Signed, sealed and dated: The condition of the above obligation is that if said Principal as Contractor in the Contract hereto annexed, or his or its subcontractor, fails to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies, or items used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done by said Contractor; namely, to furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, transportation, labor and material, other than material, if any, agreed to be furnished by the Owner, necessary to perform and complete, and to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner, the work of New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Shingle Springs, California in strict conformity with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract hereto annexed, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, or amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed by any such claimant, or any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over the Franchise Tax Board from the wages of employees of the Principal or his subcontractor pursuant to Section of the Revenue and Taxation Code with respect to such work and labor, Surety will pay for same in an amount not exceeding the amount specified in this bond. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the Owner and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Owner in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court. This bond is executed in accordance with the requirements of Sections 3247 et seq. of the Civil Code, and is subject to the provisions thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies and corporations entitled to file claims under and by virtue of the provisions of Section 3181 of the Civil Code, or to their assigns; and the said Surety for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed hereunder shall in any wise affect obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration to the terms of the Contract or to the work. Contractor Surety New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

23

24 BOND OF FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we the Contractor in the Contract hereto annexed, as Principal, and as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the Buckeye Union School District of El Dorado County, a Political Subdivision of the State of California, hereinafter called the "Owner", in the sum of DOLLARS ($ ) lawful money of the United States, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. Signed, sealed and dated: The condition of the above obligation is that if said Principal as Contractor in the Contract hereto annexed shall faithfully perform each and all of the conditions of said Contract to be performed by him, and shall furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, transportation, labor and material, other than material, if any, agreed to be furnished by the Owner, necessary to perform and complete, and to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner, the work of New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Shingle Springs, California in strict conformity with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise bond shall remain in full force and effect and the said Surety will complete the Contract work under its own supervision, by Contract or otherwise, and pay all costs thereof for the balance due under terms of the Contract, and the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the Owner and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Owner in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court. Contractor Surety * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

25

26 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE FORM Section GENERAL: A. GENERAL: Provide insurance certificates to the Architect for delivery to the Owner certifying that all required insurance coverage is in effect and in force prior to beginning work on this Project. The insurance company must be listed in the official publication by the Department of Insurance, State of California as being recognized as an insurance company authorized to transact business of insurance in the State of California for the current year. B. CERTIFICATES: 1. General: Refer to Document GENERAL CONDITIONS and Document SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS for the required coverage. 2. Form: Use the "ACORD 25" Certificate of Liability Insurance. 3. Endorsements: Provide endorsements naming the Owner, Architect, and their agents, representatives and employees as additional insured on all liability policies of insurance required under this Agreement. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

27 GENERAL CONDITIONS Section GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION(AIA A ) The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, American Institute of Architects Document A Edition, is included on the following pages and will be considered as Document GENERAL CONDITIONS of this Project Manual. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

28 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: 1. The following modifies and supplements AIA Document A , "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", Articles 1 through 15 inclusive, which is part of this Contract as included herein as Document GENERAL CONDITIONS. 2. The above named General Conditions are modified as follows. Where any part of the General Conditions is modified or deleted, unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. B. PARAGRAPH 1.1; SUBPARAGRAPH 1.1.1: Add the following sub-subparagraph:.1 The ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, ACCEPTED BID FORM, LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS, NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATE, and PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS shall be part of the Contract Documents. C. PARAGRAPH 1.2; SUBPARAGRAPH 1.2.1: Add the following sub-subparagraphs:.1 In general, the Drawings will show dimensions, position and kind of construction; and the specifications, qualities and methods. Any work called for in the Drawings and not mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, shall be performed as though fully set forth in both. Work not particularly detailed, marked, or specified shall be the same as similar parts that are detailed, marked or specified..2 In case of conflict between the Drawings and Specifications, the Drawings shall govern in matters of quantity, the Specifications in matters of quality. In case of conflict within the Drawings involving quantities or within the Specifications involving qualities, the greater quantity and the higher quality shall be furnished..3 Should conflict appear in the Drawings or Specifications, or in the work done by others affecting this work, the Contractor shall notify the Architect at once in writing and the Architect will issue instructions as to procedure. If the Contractor proceeds with the work so affected without instructions from the Architect, Contractor shall make good any resulting damage or defects..4 The general character of the detail work is shown on the Contract Drawings. The Architect will furnish additional details, if necessary, to more fully explain the work, and same shall be considered a part of the Contract. Any work executed before receipt of such details, if not in accordance with same, shall be removed and replaced, or adjusted, as directed, without expense to the Owner. Should any detail submitted later than the Contract Drawings, be in the opinion of the Contractor, more elaborate than the Contract Drawings and the Specifications indicate, written notice thereof shall be given to the Architect within five days of receipt of same. The claim will then be considered, and, if justified, said detail drawings will be amended or the extra work authorized. Non-receipt of such notice shall relieve the Owner of any claim..5 Where on any Drawings a portion of the work is drawn out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the drawn-out parts shall apply to all other like portions of the Work. Where ornament or other detail is indicated starting only, such detail shall be continued throughout the courses or parts in which it occurs and shall also apply to other similar parts in the Work, unless otherwise indicated..6 When specified brands or kinds of material are called for, they are mentioned merely as standards and the Contractor has the option of using any other brand of equal quality if approved by the Architect. Any materials named in the Specifications, or which may be substituted, may, if so desired by the Architect, be tested by said Architect at the expense of Contractor..7 Any material specified by reference to the number, symbol or title of a specified standard such as a Commercial Standard, a Federal Specification, a trade association standard, or other similar standards, shall comply with the requirements in the latest approved revision thereof and any amendments or supplements thereto in effect on the date of Notice to Contractors, except as limited to type, class or grade, or modified in such reference..8 The standards referred to, except as modified in the Specifications, shall have full force and effect as though printed in these Specifications. These standards are not furnished to bidders, for the reason that the manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with their requirements..9 Where it is required in the Specifications that materials, products, processes, equipment or the like be installed or applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, directions, or specifications, it shall be construed to mean that said application or installation shall be in strict accordance with the printed instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the materials considered for use under conditions similar to those at the job site. Copies of such instructions shall be furnished to the Architect in quantities required by Section SUBMITTALS and Architect s approval thereof obtained before work is begun. Add the following SUBPARAGRAPH: Sections of Division 01 - General Requirements govern the execution of the work of all sections of the specifications. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

29 Supplementary Conditions Page 2 D. PARAGRAPH 2.2; SUBPARAGRAPH 2.2.2: Add the following sub-subparagraph: Owner will pay for all tests, except re-tests due to defective materials or additional tests required due to substitution of materials. E. PARAGRAPH 3.4; SUBPARAGRAPH 3.4.2: Add the following sub-subparagraph: After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider requests for the substitution of products in place of those specified only under the conditions set forth in Section SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. By making requests for substitutions, the Contractor:.1 represents that it has personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified;.2 represents that it will provide the same warranty for the substitution as it would have provided for the product specified;.3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs for the substituted product and for Work that must be changed as a result of the substitution, except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution that subsequently become apparent; and.4 shall coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. F. PARAGRAPH 3.7; SUBPARAGRAPH 3.7.1: Delete this subparagraph in its entirety and replace with the following: The Owner will pay all fees required by the Division of the State Architect, State of California. The Owner will reimburse the Contractor for fees, permits and utility service charges, other than temporary utility service charges unless otherwise indicated, necessary for the completion of the Work. Proper documentation of fee, permit, and utility service charges shall be submitted to the Owner through the Architect. No mark up shall be allowed the Contractor on these reimbursable charges. Add the following to SUBPARAGRAPH 3.7.3: All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations and other applicable state laws or regulations pertaining to the location. Nothing in these Drawings or Specifications shall be construed as permitting work not in accordance with these codes. G. PARAGRAPH 3.11: Add the following subparagraphs: Said documents and samples shall be available to the Job Inspector and representatives of all agencies having jurisdiction over the Work Record Drawings: Contractor shall keep accurate dimensioned locations, on said record copy of documents, showing actual locations and elevations of all buried, above ground and concealed Work including piping, conduit, valves, stub outs and the like. Elevations shall be referenced to first floor finished elevations as datum. Locating dimensions shall be referenced to permanently fixed accessible and readily identifiable portions of building or site appurtenances. Locations shall be by intersecting coordinate dimensions parallel to and at right angles to building lines. The contractor must update the Record Drawings as work progresses. At the end of each month the Architect may review the Record Drawings. If the records are incomplete, or incorrect, an appropriate amount of dollars, equivalent to the cost of uncovering the work to determine the locations of piping and the like, may be deducted from the next progress payment. The deducted sum will be withheld until the Record Drawings are updated and/or corrected. H. PARAGRAPH 3.15: Add the following subparagraph: The Contractor shall protect and preserve the Work from all damage or accident, including vandalism, providing any temporary roofs, window and door coverings, boxings, or other construction, as required. This shall include any adjoining property of the Owner or others affected by the Work of the Contractor. I. PARAGRAPH 4.2; SUBPARAGRAPH 4.2.1: Add the following sub-subparagraphs: Administration of construction duties of the Architect, Structural Engineer or Professional Engineers shall be per C.C.R., Title Architect shall notify the Division of the State Architect (DSA) on start of construction per C.C.R., Title 24. J. PARAGRAPH 4.2; SUBPARAGRAPH : Replace with the following: The Owner will provide one or more DSA-approved Inspectors to assist the Architect in carrying out his/her responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Inspector shall be as set forth in Title 24, Part 1, California Code of Regulations. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

30 Page 3 Supplementary Conditions K. PARAGRAPH 4.3; Add the following subparagraph: The Owner will provide timely notification to the contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to the contract. L. PARAGRAPH 7.1; SUBPARAGRAPH 7.1.1: Add the following sub-subparagraph: Changes in the Work shall be accomplished in accordance with C.C.R., Title 24. M. PARAGRAPH 7.2: Add the following subparagraphs: No extra work shall be performed or change be made unless in pursuance of a written Change Order from the Owner, signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, and approved by the Division of the State Architect, if required, stating that the extra work or change is authorized, and no claim for an addition to the contract sum shall be valid unless the extra work or change is so ordered If additions, deletions or revisions to the work are necessary, and the execution of a written Change Order would delay the project, the Architect may, without invalidating the contract, issue a Construction Change Directive directing such work prior to issuance of a Change Order. The Contractor shall comply with such instructions without delay. N. PARAGRAPH 7.3; SUBPARAGRAPHS and 7.3.7: Delete these subparagraphs in their entirety and replace with the following: If the Contractor does not respond within 10 calendar days, or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributed to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Architect for determination. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: 1. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum amount, properly itemized and substantiated. 2. By unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon. 3. By actual cost and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee. 4. If none of the preceding methods is agreed upon then the total cost of such work shall be based on the Contractor's expenditure or savings and a percentage for overhead and profit. EXTRA CREDIT (a) Material (attach itemized quantity and unit cost plus sales tax) and equipment. (b) Labor (attach itemized hours & rates). (c) Subtotal (d) Subcontractor's overhead and profit, not to exceed percentage of Line (c) as shown below (e) Subtotal (f) General Contractor's overhead, profit and bond premium, insurance and supervision not to exceed percentage of Line (e) as shown below New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

31 Supplementary Conditions Page 4 (g) Total (h) Number of additional days time extension requested due to this change: OVERHEAD & PROFIT (O&P) PERCENTAGE SCHEDULE (i) Refer to the O&P Schedule below. The cost of the work does not include the overhead and profit mark-ups. (ii) For all work, the CONTRACTOR s Bond and Liability Insurance Premium may be added in onto the Form for EXTRA WORK and/or DEDUCTIVE WORK. (iii) The O&P Schedule shall be used for Negotiated Sum and/or Time and Materials work. Unit Price work shall not have the overhead and profit mark-up applied to the work, on the basis that the Unit Price includes overhead and profit margins. Work by Subcontractor less than or equal to $2,500 Work by Subcontractor more than $2,500 Work by CONTRACTOR less than or equal to $2,500 Work by CONTRACTOR more than $2,500 Subcontractor Overhead & Profit 20% 15% CONTRACTOR Overhead & Profit 10% Excluding Bond Premium 5% Excluding Bond Premium 15% Excluding Bond Premium 10% Excluding Bond Premium Total Overhead and Profit, not to exceed: 30% 20% 15% 10% (iv) For Negotiated Sum and Time and Material pricing methods, the specified overhead and profit figures are defined and are agreed to include, but not limited to, the following: a. Home office administration costs b. Job site administration costs c. Small tools (Less than $250 capital cost per item) d. Project staff and company vehicles e. Change Order preparation, procurement and set-up (including all payroll costs and fringe benefits), estimating, supervising, expediting, drafting and clerical/secretarial services. f. As-Built Drawing maintenance g. General Supervision of the work (Direct Supervision may be included) h. Time & Material documentation procedures i. The handling, transportation and warehousing of materials other than direct identifiable cost of specific deliveries, or as included in the price of the material. j. Time Extension request or recovery schedule preparation. (v) IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD THAT THE VALUE OF SUCH EXTRA WORK OR CHANGES, AS DETERMINED BY ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED METHODS, EXPRESSLY INCLUDES ANY AND ALL OF CONTRACTOR S COSTS AND EXPENSES, BOTH DIRECT AND INDIRECT, RESULTING FROM ADDITIONAL TIME REQUIRED ON THE PROJECT, OR RESULTING FROM DELAYS TO THE PROJECT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ACCELERATION, CUMULATIVE AFFECT OF THE CHANGE(S), EXPEDITING THE WORK, ETC. If the Contractor should claim that any instruction, request, drawing, specification, action, conditions, omission, default or other situation including a Change Order, obligates the Owner to pay additional compensation to the Contractor or to grant an extension of time for the completion of the Contract, or constitutes a waiver of any provision in the Contract, Contractor shall notify the Owner, in writing, of such claim within 20 days from the date Contractor has actual or constructive notice of the factual New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

32 Page 5 Supplementary Conditions basis supporting the claim. The Contractor's failure to notify the Owner within such 20-day period shall be deemed a waiver and relinquishment of the claim against the Owner. If such notice be given within the specified time, the procedure for its consideration shall be as stated hereinbefore. O. PARAGRAPH 9.3: Add the following subparagraphs: Payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract shall be made according to the following schedule including additions and deductions, if any, as hereinafter provided Upon assuming the work, the Contractor shall verify through the Architect a proper time for presenting Contractor's monthly request for payments. The first request will be for a sum equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of the work completed since the commencement of the work, and thereafter, upon request, similar payments shall be made equal to ninety-five percent (95%) of the value of the work completed since the commencement of the work, less all previous payments. It is understood that, if payment requests are made in accordance with established time schedule, payments will be processed within thirty (30) days per Public Contract Code, Section The final payment, if unencumbered, or any part thereof unencumbered, shall be made within sixty (60) days after the date of filing of the Notice of Completion and the architect's certification of final payment per Public Contract Code In accordance with Section of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, Contractor has the option to substitute securities for any moneys withheld by the District to ensure performance under the contract. At the request and expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the District, or with a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent, who shall then pay those moneys to the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the contract, the securities shall be returned to the Contractor. Alternatively, the Contractor may request and the District shall make payment of retentions earned directly to the escrow agent at the expense of the Contractor. Securities eligible for investment under this section shall include those listed in Section of the Government Code, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the District. The Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for moneys withheld and shall receive any interest thereon. Any contractor who elects to receive interest on moneys withheld in retention shall, at the request of any subcontractor, make that option available to the subcontractor regarding any moneys withheld in retention by the contractor from the subcontractor, in accordance with Section The escrow agreement used shall be substantially similar to the form presented in Section of the Public Contract Code. P. PARAGRAPH 9.10: Add the following subparagraphs: Pursuant to Government Code Section all books, records and files of the District, the Contractor, or any subcontractor connected with the performance of this contract involving the expenditure of state funds in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00), are subject to the examination and audit of the Office of the Auditor General of the State of California for a period of three (3) years after final payment is made under this contract. Contractor shall preserve and cause to be preserved such books, records and files for the audit period This contract shall conform to Section (2)(b) of the California Public Contract Code as follows: In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. Q. PARAGRAPH 11.1: Add the following sub-subparagraph: : Contractor shall maintain State Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability in amounts of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each accident; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) Disease, Policy Limit; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) Disease, Each Employee. Contractor shall maintain policies of general liability insurance (including Premises-Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations and Broad Form Property Damage) for bodily injury and property damage in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

33 Supplementary Conditions Page 6 Property Damage Liability Insurance shall include coverage for the following hazards: X (Explosion); C (Collapse) and U (Underground). Contractual Liability (Hold Harmless Coverage) for bodily injury and property damage shall be in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence. Personal Injury shall be in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). If the General Liability policy includes a General Aggregate, such General Aggregate shall be not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). Contractor shall maintain automobile liability insurance covering owned, non-owned and hired automobiles in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit. All policies shall contain a provision requiring thirty (30) days written notice to be given to Owner prior to cancellation, modification, or reduction of limits. Cancellation or reductions in coverage below that required by these documents shall be considered grounds for termination of the Contract. Add the following to SUBPARAGRAPH : All policies and certificates of insurance of the Contractor shall contain the following clauses:.1 Insurers shall have no right of recovery or subrogation against the Owner (including its agents and agencies as aforesaid), it being the intention of the parties that the insurance policies so effected shall protect both parties and be the primary coverage for any and all losses covered by the above-described insurance..2 The clause "other insurance provisions" in a policy in which the Owner is named as an insured, shall not apply to the Owner..3 The insurance companies issuing the policy or policies shall have no recourse against the Owner (including its agents and agencies as aforesaid) for payment of any premiums or for assessments under any form of policy..4 Any and all deductibles in the above described insurance policies shall be assumed by and for the account of, and at the sole risk of the Contractor. Delete SUBPARAGRAPH BOILER AND MACHINERY INSURANCE in its entirety. Delete SUBPARAGRAPH LOSS OF USE INSURANCE in its entirety. Delete SUBPARAGRAPH in its entirety. SUBPARAGRAPHS and : Modify as follows: Change references to "Contractor" to read "Owner", and "Owner" to read "Contractor". SUBPARAGRAPH : Modify as follows: Change reference to "Owner" to read "Contractor". SUBPARAGRAPH : Modify as follows: Change reference to "Owner" to read "Contractor". SUBPARAGRAPH : Modify as follows: Change reference to "Owner" to read "Contractor". R. PARAGRAPH 13.5: Add the following subparagraphs: Inspection shall be provided as required under C.C.R., Title 24, current edition. All inspection costs will be paid for by the District, including special inspection required by Title 24. Refer to applicable sections of the Specifications for variations in payment for this type of inspection; certain inspection costs beyond limitations set up within the Specifications, however, will be backcharged to the Contractor. Refer to applicable sections for costs in connection with special inspection Inspector will be employed by the Owner, and approved by the Architect, Structural Engineer and the Division of the State Architect. All work shall be liable to inspection and the Inspector shall have full access to review all work during all working times. The Contractor shall furnish the Inspector with any information necessary to fully inform him of conditions. Inspection does not relieve the Contractor from fulfilling the requirements of the Contract Whenever the Contractor arranges to work at night or any time when work is conducted other than the normal 40-hr. week, or to vary the period during which work is carried on each day, Contractor shall give the Owner a minimum of 48 hr. notice so that inspection may be provided. Such work shall be done without extra compensation to the Contractor. Additional inspection costs incurred because of overtime or night work shall be paid by the Owner and backcharged to the Contractor Authorized representatives and agents of State and Federal Governments shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, payrolls, records, and shall be given access to site at all times for such inspection Tests of materials as shall be made as required under Title 24, California Code of Regulations. Owner shall pay for all tests, except retests due to defective materials, or additional tests required due to substitutions of materials. Such substitutions must be approved by the Architect When billing laboratory tests and inspection, the Testing Laboratory will identify backchargeable items as such on each invoice, copy of which invoice shall be furnished to New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

34 Page 7 Supplementary Conditions the General Contractor for information purposes. The total amount of the invoice will be paid by the School District and backchargeable items will be deducted from the current request for payment when presented by the General Contractor. S. PARAGRAPH INTEREST: Delete in its entirety. T. ADDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS: 1. California Code of Regulations Requirements: All construction shall comply with rules and regulations set forth in 2013 California Code of Regulations (CCR) as follows: Title 19 CCR, Public Safety, State Fire Marshal Regulations; Title 24 CCR, Part Building Standards Administrative Code; Title 24 CCR, Part California Building Code, Volumes 1 & 2 (CBC); Title 24 CCR, Part California Electrical Code (CEC); Title 24 CCR, Part California Mechanical Code (CMC); Title 24 CCR, Part California Plumbing Code (CPC); Title 24 CCR, Part California Energy Code; Title 24 CCR, Part California Historical Building Code; Title 24 CCR, Part California Fire Code (CFC); Title 24 CCR, Part California Existing Building Code; Title 24 CCR, Part California Green Building Standards Code; and Title 24 CCR, Part California Referenced Standards Code. A latest copy of Title 24 shall be kept on the work site at all times during construction. 2. Wage Rates: a. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1770 et seq., each laborer or mechanic of Contractor or any Subcontractor engaged in work on the Project under this Contract shall be paid not less than the hourly wage rate of per diem wages set forth in the prevailing wage rate schedule published by the Director of Industrial Relations regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between Contractor or any Subcontractor and such laborers and mechanics. b. Any laborer or mechanic employed to perform work on the Project under this Contract, which work is not covered by any of the foregoing classifications, shall be paid not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages specified herein for the classification which most nearly corresponds to the work to be performed by him. c. The foregoing specified prevailing wage rates are minimum rates only, and the Contractor may pay any wage rates in excess of the applicable rates contained in this Contract. d. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1775, the Contractor as a penalty to the Owner shall forfeit $50.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof for each worker paid less than prevailing rate established by the Department of Industrial Relations for such work or craft in which such worker is employed. The difference between such prevailing wage rates and the amount paid to each worker for each calendar day or portion thereof for which the worker was paid less than the prevailing wage rate shall be paid to each worker by the Contractor. e. An error on the part of an awarding body does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for payment of the prevailing rate of per diem wages and penalties pursuant to Labor Code Section f. Copies of the applicable prevailing wage rates are on file with the Owner, and they are available to any interested party on request. 3. Legal Day's Work: In accordance with the provisions of Articles 1 and 3 of Chapter 1, Paragraph 7, Division II, of the Labor Code of the State of California, no worker in the employ of the Contractor or any subcontractor doing or contracting to do any part of the work contemplated by this Agreement shall be required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours during any one calendar week, except as provided in Section 1815 of the State Labor Code. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall keep an accurate record showing the name and actual hours worked by each worker employed on the work contemplated by this Agreement, which report shall be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the Owner and to the Division of Labor Law Enforcement; and said Contractor shall forfeit, as a penalty to the Owner, the sum of Twenty-Five Dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed in the execution of this Contract, by him or by any subcontractor, for each calendar day during which worker is required or permitted to labor more than eight (8) hours in any one calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week, except as provided in Section 1815 of the Labor Code for the recovery of said penalty. 4. Subcontracts: a. The Owner will deal only through the Contractor, who shall be responsible for the proper execution of the whole work. Subletting the whole or any part of the Contract shall be done only in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4100 through 4114, inclusive, of the California Public Contracts Code, which states that the Contractor shall not, without the consent of the Owner, either: 1. Substitute any persons as subcontractors in place of the subcontractors designated in the original bid. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

35 Supplementary Conditions Page 8 2. Permit any subcontract to be assigned or transferred or allow it to be performed by anyone other than the original subcontractor listed in the bid. 3. Sublet or subcontract any portion of the work in excess of one-half (1/2) of one percent (1%) of the bid as to which the original bid did not designate a subcontractor. b. Should the Contractor violate any of the provisions of said Sections 4100 to 4114, inclusive, of the Public Contracts Code, so doing shall be deemed a violation of this Contract, and the Owner may (l) cancel the Contract, or (2) assess the Contractor a penalty in the amount of not more than ten percent (10%) of the amount of the subcontract involved, or (3) both cancel the Contract and assess the penalty. 5. Assignment: The Contractor shall, under no circumstances, assign this Contract without the written permission of the Owner. 6. Liquidated Damages: The number of calendar days required to complete the project is listed in the "Bid Form" and the "Agreement", and, because actual damages for delay in completion of the work cannot be determined, the amount, if any, that may be assessed as liquidated damages for each day's delay beyond the scheduled completion date is also stated on the "Bid Form" and the "Agreement". 7. Anti-Discrimination: The successful bidder shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, gender, ancestry or national origin. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No of March 6, 1961, as amended, and all rules, regulations and relevant orders of the President's Committee on Equal Employment Opportunity created thereby. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

36 CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: This contract is subject to the provisions of Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3 of Division 2 of the California Public Contract Code, a copy of which is attached hereto (Paragraph C. below) and incorporated herein by reference. Those provisions provide a process utilizing informal conferences, nonbinding judicially supervised mediation and judicial arbitration to resolve disputes on construction of $375,000 or less. General Conditions Articles 4.3 and 4.5, among others, and relevant portions of the Supplementary Conditions are modified by these provisions of the Public Contract Code. B. CLAIM: 1. A claim means a separate demand by the contractor for (a) time extension, (b) payment of money or damages arising from work done by or on behalf of the contractor pursuant to the contract and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (c) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the District. The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. The claim must be submitted prior to the date of final payment within the time limits set forth in Section The District may respond to the claim within the time limits set forth in Section If the claim remains in dispute, the parties are obligated to meet and confer for the purposes of settlement of the dispute. 2. If the dispute is not settled following the meet and confer process, the contractor may file a claim pursuant to provisions of the Government Code. The court shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation. If the matter remains in dispute, the case will be submitted to judicial arbitration as set forth in Section C. PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE: ARTICLE 1.5: Section of Chapter 1 of Part 3 of Division 2. Article Resolution of Construction Claims (a) (1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b) (1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by or on behalf of the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b) (1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

37 Construction Claims Page 2 (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c) (1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventyfive thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied, as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b) (1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section ) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under this subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

38 Page 3 Construction Claims (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section ) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section , the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 24, 2014

39 Division 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 1 SUMMARY OF WORK Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: Project is New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School located at 4561 Buckeye Road, Shingle Springs, CA for Buckeye Union School District, El Dorado Hills, CA. Project consists of construction of new parking lot, including demolition and minor asbestos abatement, all in conformance with drawings and specifications prepared by Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect, Placerville, California. B. RESPONSIBLE PARTIES: Construction of this Project is governed by the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor. Statements in the specifications are directed to this contractor, who has overall responsibility for the subcontractors. C. COMMUNICATIONS: Written or graphic communications during construction shall be documented using PDF technology. D. PARTICULAR PROJECT REQUIREMENTS: 1. Existing Site Conditions and Restrictions: Notify Architect of existing conditions different from those indicated on the drawings. Do not remove or alter structural components without prior written approval. 2. Requirements for Sequencing or Scheduling: Begin work as identified in the OWNER- CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT, proceed as shown in the Progress Schedule as required under Section PROGRESS SCHEDULE, and complete work within the limits designated in the OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. Coordinate work to accommodate the Owner's operations and use of premises during construction period; coordinate construction schedule and operations with Owner's Representative; indicate all special requirements in the Progress Schedule as specified. 3. Occupancy of Adjacent Facilities: Administrative staff and/or students may be occupying adjacent facilities throughout period of construction. 2. PRODUCTS: A. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: No asbestos or products containing asbestos have been knowingly specified for this Project. If materials containing asbestos are brought to the site for use or installation in the Work; or if such materials are encountered in existing work upon which new work is being performed, notify the Architect immediately so that appropriate action may be taken. A statement certifying that no new materials containing asbestos have been included in the Work is required at the completion of the Project. 3. EXECUTION: A. PERMITS: Owner will reimburse Contractor for fees, permits and utility service charges, other than temporary utility service charges unless otherwise indicated, necessary for the completion of the work. Submit proper documentation of fee, permit, and utility service charges to the Owner through the Architect. No mark-up will be allowed the Contractor on these reimbursable charges. B. CODES: All construction shall comply with rules and regulations set forth in Title 24, California Code of Regulations as shown on Cover Sheet. C. CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES: Confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents; do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Do not interfere with Owner's activities in and about existing facilities. Disruption of Owner's operations will be acceptable only with prior agreement with the Owner. Ten (10) days minimum notice will be required, including establishment of a firm schedule for operations. Roads for access to and from building site, loading areas and parking space shall be as indicated. Confine traffic and materials delivery to these roads and locations. Contractor is responsible for protection and safekeeping of products stored on the site. Specific areas for storage of materials and site fabrication shall be as indicated by the Architect. D. PROTECTION: Erect temporary barricades, warning signs and substantial handrails to protect persons in and around the work areas and observe safety precautions. Conform to applicable OSHA rules and regulations and State Safety Regulations and Orders. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

40 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Section GENERAL: A. REQUEST: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents that are proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. Obtain a Substitution Request Form from the Architect. Submit electronic copy (PDF) of completed and signed Substitution Request with required substantiating data. B. SUBSTANTIATING DATA: 1. Information: Provide product identification; manufacturer's name and address; manufacturer's literature including product description, performance and test data and all reference standards; samples; and name and address of similar projects using the product, including dates of installation and names of architect and owner. 2. Comparison and Effect: Submit a side-by-side, item-by-item comparison of all characteristics of the specified product and the proposed product. Submit cost data comparing proposed substitution with specified product and amount of net change to contract sum. Provide statement of effect of substitution on construction schedule. 3. Representation: By making requests for substitutions the Contractor represents to have personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified; that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the product specified; that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the work to be complete in all respects. 2. PRODUCTS: Not Used 3. EXECUTION: A. ARCHITECT'S ACTION: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one (1) week of receipt of a request for substitution. The Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the substitution within two (2) weeks of receipt of the request, or one (1) week of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance of request for substitution will be in the form of a Change Order. B. COORDINATION: Architect's acceptance of product as "equal" or as a substitution does not relieve Contractor from responsibility for compliance with requirements of any portion of Contract Documents; Contractor shall be responsible, at Contractor's own expense, for any changes in other parts of the Work which may be caused by such substitution. * * * CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: Changes in the work shall be accomplished in accordance with applicable codes and the Conditions of the Contract. B. CHANGE PROCEDURES: Architect may issue a Proposal Request on AIA Document G709 - Proposal Request, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change in the Work; Contractor shall prepare and submit an estimate within ten (10) days. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a written request to the Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, including a statement describing the reason for the change, the effect on the Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation, and a statement describing the effect on work by separate or other contractors. C. CHANGE DOCUMENTS: Change Orders will be issued by Architect on AIA Document G701 - Change Order, signed by Architect, Owner and Contractor, to order changes to the work which involve a change in Contract Price and/or Contract Time. Construction Change Directive will be issued by Architect on AIA Document G714 - Construction Change Directive, signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Supplemental Instructions will be issued by Architect on AIA Document G710 - Architect's New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

41 Page 3 Information Request Procedure Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time. 2. PRODUCTS: A. CALCULATION: The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: 1. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum amount, properly itemized and substantiated. 2. By unit prices stated in the contract documents or subsequently agreed upon. 3. By actual cost and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee. 4. If none of the preceding methods is agreed upon then the total cost of such work shall be based on the contractor's expenditure or savings and a percentage for overhead and profit. 3. EXECUTION: A. CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS: Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum/Price. Revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time. Record authorized changes in Project Record Documents. * * * INFORMATION REQUEST PROCEDURE Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Submit request for information, interpretation and/or clarification to the Architect promptly upon identification of need, and in reasonable time so as not to affect the progress of the Work. 2. PRODUCTS: A. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS: Submit electronic copy (PDF) of original, signed copy of RFI to the Architect on AIA Document G716 - Request for Information. Allow fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt by Architect for review. If more than ten (10) requests are received within one (1) calendar week, the Architect will specifically schedule and extend response time as required to accomplish the reviews. 3. EXECUTION: A. DISTRIBUTION: The Architect will distribute copies of requests for information to project consultants, as required for their participation. A PDF with the official response will be returned to the Contractor; direct communication and response between project consultants and Contractor will be considered informational only. The Contractor will make and distribute copies of the official response to subcontractors and suppliers, as required. * * * PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section GENERAL: A. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Submit PDF of Schedule of Values to the Architect at least ten (10) days prior to submitting first Application for Payment. Schedule of Values will be used as basis for, and review of, Contractor's Applications for Payment. B. PROGRESS PAYMENTS: Submit applications for payment to the Architect at intervals stipulated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and the Conditions of the Contract. 2. PRODUCTS: A. FORM OF SUBMITTAL FOR SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Submit typed schedule on AIA Document G703 - Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet. Contractor's standard form of electronic media printout will be considered as an alternative. Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as the basis for format for listing costs of work specified in Divisions 02 through 49. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

42 Project Management and Coordination Page 4 B. FORM OF SUBMITTAL FOR APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT: Prepare itemized applications typed on AIA Document G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA Document G703 - Continuation Sheet. Use data from approved Schedule of Values; provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on AIA Document G703 - Continuation Sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of work. 3. EXECUTION: A. PREPARATION OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Identify each line item with the number and title of its specification section. Break down installed costs into the delivered cost of product, with taxes paid, and the total installed cost, with overhead and profit. For each line item which has an installed value of more than $10,000, break down the costs to list major products or operations under each item. Itemize separate line item costs for each of the following: Performance and payment bonds; field supervision and layout; scheduling; and temporary facilities and controls. B. PREPARING SCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES: Submit a separate schedule of unit prices for materials to be stored on which progress payments will be made. Make the form of submittal parallel to the Schedule of Values, with each line item identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. Include in the unit prices only the cost of material, delivery and unloading at site, and sales taxes. C. REVIEW AND RESUBMITTAL OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES: After review by the Architect, revise and resubmit the schedule (and the Schedule of Unit Material Values) as required. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment. D. PROCEDURE FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS: Submit PDF of notarized original of each Application for Payment. * * * PROJECT MANAGEMENT & COORDINATION Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various sections of these Specifications to assure the efficient and orderly sequence of installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. B. SUBMITTALS: Submit written procedures for Project communications including submittals, reports and records, schedules, coordination drawings, and recommendations. Communications between the Owner, Contractor and Inspector shall be through the Architect. C. MEETINGS: Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at biweekly intervals with job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers, and the Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. Prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings, and distribute copies of minutes within two (2) days to the participants and those affected by decisions made. 2. PRODUCTS: A. MATERIALS: Refer to Section PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 3. EXECUTION: A. PERFORMANCE: Refer to Section EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS. * * * PROGRESS SCHEDULE Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Within fifteen (15) days after award of the Contract, submit to the Architect estimated construction progress schedules for the Work in PDF form, with sub-schedules of related activities essential to its progress. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

43 Page 5 Submittals PRODUCTS: A. CONTENT: Prepare Schedule as a horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling." Identify each item of work by specification section number. Indicate delivery dates for Owner-Furnished Products. 3. EXECUTION: A. REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES: Submit revised progress schedules periodically. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, on problem areas or anticipated delays. * * * SUBMITTALS Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Submit certifications, shop drawings, product data/material lists, manufacturer's instructions, and samples to the Architect for review as required. B. SUBMISSION PROCEDURES: Submit listed submittals for products of specified manufacturers and named acceptable alternate manufacturers, as well as for requests for acceptance of products as "equal" or as substitution. The latter shall satisfy requirements of the Substitution Request, and be submitted within the time frames specified in Section SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. C. SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE: Prepare schedule for submission of submittals requiring action by the Architect; arrange in a tabular format including scheduled date for first submittal, specification Section number and title, submittal category (action or informational), name of subcontractor, description of the Work covered and scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. Schedule submissions a minimum three (3) weeks before required for use and no later than fourteen (14) calendar days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, unless specified otherwise in individual specification Section. 2. PRODUCTS: A. SUBMITTALS: Submit electronic copy (PDF) of submittal schedule, certifications, shop drawings, product data/material lists and manufacturer's instructions; for samples, submit as identified in individual specification section. Submit with cover sheet giving the Project name and number; submission date and revision dates; names of Architect, Contractor and Subcontractor. Identify product or material with manufacturer s name, product name or model number and supplier. 3. EXECUTION: A. SUBMITTAL REVIEW: Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the orderly progress of work, layout or fabrication under Contract, due allowance being made for checking by the Architect and for such corrections, resubmission and rechecking as may be necessary. Do not commence work requiring submittals until review by Architect has been completed. * * * REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: Work of this project shall conform to California Building Code (CBC), current edition with applicable amendments, and jurisdictional requirements as adopted by enforcing agencies. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Latest Edition, Civil Rights Division, Office on the Americans with Disabilities Act, U.S. Department of Justice; U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Laws and regulations; California Environmental Protection Agency (CalEPA): State regulations and standards; and California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB): SWPPP Standards. 2. PRODUCTS: Not Used New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

44 References Page 6 3. EXECUTION: Not Used * * * REFERENCES Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: References are to various standard specifications, codes, practices, and requirements for materials, work quality, installation, inspections and tests, which are published and issued by the organizations, societies and associations listed in individual specification Sections by abbreviation and name. Obtain copies of referenced standards directly from publication sources as needed for proper performance and completion of the Work. References to established Standards mean and include the latest edition of such Standards, as of the date of issue of this Specification. B. DEFINITIONS: 1. Words and Terms: The following are used in addition to those defined in the General Conditions, and are defined as follows: a. Accepted Equal: Reviewed and accepted by the Architect as being equal in quality, utility and appearance. b. Approved: As accepted by the Architect. c. As Required: As required by regulatory requirements, referenced standards, existing conditions, or by the Contract Documents. d. Directed: As instructed by the Architect in writing. e. Furnish: Supply and deliver to the site. f. Indicated: As shown, noted, or scheduled on the Drawings. g. Install: Anchor, fasten, or connect in place and adjust for use; place or apply in proper position and location; establish in place for use or service. h. Provide: Furnish and install. i. Site: Area to be occupied by the Project. Use of the word "jobsite" or "site" shall be interpreted to be synonymous with "site of the Work" or "Work Site". 2. Abbreviations: Definition of abbreviations and symbols used on the Drawings are identified on the Drawings. Definitions of words and abbreviations used in these Specifications are given in "The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language". 2. PRODUCTS: Not Used 3. EXECUTION: Not Used * * * QUALITY ASSURANCE Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Products or workmanship specified in the Project Manual by association, trade, or other consensus standards shall conform to the requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. 2. PRODUCTS: A. GENERAL: Refer to Section PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS to assure a consistent quality of products furnished by suppliers and manufacturers as indicated throughout the Project Manual. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

45 Page 7 Quality Assurance EXECUTION: A. PERFORMANCE: Refer to Section EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS. Perform work in accordance with the Drawings, reviewed and accepted shop drawings, and the Specifications, with quality of work conforming to the highest established standards and practices of the various trades involved. Installers specializing in the work of the various sections shall be manufacturer-approved and have minimum three (3) years documented work experience in procedures required. Install and erect Work plumb, level, square, and true, or true to indicated angle, and in proper alignment and relationship to other work. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, manufactured materials, products, processes, equipment, systems, and assemblies will be required to be erected, installed, or applied in accordance with the manufacturers' latest instructions, directions, or specifications applicable to conditions similar to those at the project site. Finished Work shall be free from defects and damage as specified and to the satisfaction of the Architect. The Architect reserves the right to reject materials and work quality which does not meet accepted standards. Rejected material or work quality will be repaired or replaced, as directed, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. FIELD SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS: When specified, apply field samples and erect mock-ups as directed at Project site in location as directed by Architect. Construct each sample or mock-up complete, including work of trades required in finished work. After review, if accepted, samples and mock-ups may be used in construction of Project. C. INSTALLATION: Conduct quality control in concert with suppliers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. Follow manufacturer's instructions, including each step in progression of installation; if manufacturer's instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before commencing Work. Coordinate with manufacturer of a product, system, or assembly which requires special knowledge and skill for proper application/installation of the product, system, or assembly to obtain field service, consultation and inspection as required for the application/installation work, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. TOLERANCES: Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing in place. Monitor and control tolerances of installed products to produce acceptable Work. * * * TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Section GENERAL: A. TESTING LABORATORY: Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified testing. Testing laboratory shall be approved by the Architect and DSA. Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay and to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities and to cooperate with laboratory to facilitate required services. Employment of laboratory does not relieve Contractor's obligations to perform work of Contract. B. INSPECTION SERVICES: Inspection shall be provided as required under CCR, Title 24, current edition. Inspection costs will be paid for by the Owner. Inspector will be employed by the Owner, and approved by the Architect, Structural Engineer and the Division of the State Architect. The Work shall be liable to inspection and the Inspector shall have full access to review work during working times. The Contractor shall furnish the Inspector with information necessary to fully inform Inspector of conditions. Inspection does not relieve the Contractor from fulfilling the requirements of the contract. C. REQUIREMENTS: Testing laboratory inspection, sampling and testing is required under Sections Excavating, Grading, and Site Preparation; Asphalt Concrete Paving; Portland Cement Concrete Paving; Landscaping; and Site Drainage. 2. PRODUCTS: A. SUBMITTALS: Testing laboratory will be required to submit an electronic copy (PDF) of the certified written report of each inspection, test, or similar service. 3. EXECUTION: A. LABORATORY DUTIES: Comply with ASTM E329 "Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction". Cooperate with Architect, Engineer and Contractor; provide qualified personnel after due notice. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction; verify compliance with specified standards. Ascertain compliance of specified materials with requirements of Contract New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

46 Temporary Facilities and Controls Page 8 Documents. Promptly inform Architect and Engineer of observed irregularities or deficiencies of work or products. Submit reports as required. Perform additional tests as required by Architect or Owner. Laboratory is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents, or perform any construction duties of Contractor. B. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: Cooperate with laboratory personnel, providing access to Work, and to manufacturer's operations. Secure and deliver to laboratory adequate quantities of representative samples of materials proposed for use and that require testing. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Refer to Section CUTTING AND PATCHING. * * * TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Provide such temporary facilities and controls, construction equipment and aids, scaffolding, staging, runways, hoists, barricades, and similar equipment, temporary utilities and services, sanitary facilities, field office and sheds, fences, security, fire protection, and miscellaneous facilities as required for construction, the safety of personnel, property, and the public and as specified. Include installation, maintenance, and removal of all such temporary facilities and controls. Assure conformance with applicable requirements of Associated General Contractors of America (AGC): "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction", and California Code of Regulations: "Title 8 - (CAL-OSHA) Construction Safety Orders"; obtain approval by appropriate authorities and regulatory agencies, including insurance companies, for safety precautions, operation and fire hazard. Protect and maintain temporary facilities and controls in proper and safe condition throughout progress of work. Immediately repair or replace lost or damaged temporary facilities or controls; remove as rapidly as progress of work will permit. 2. PRODUCTS: A. TEMPORARY UTILITIES: Any temporary power, water or other utilities necessary to complete the construction are the responsibility of the Contractor as part of the base bid (especially where utilities are disrupted by construction of this project). No additional cost will be incurred by the Owner for such arrangements. 1. Temporary Water: Provide connections to source and sufficient hose or pipe to carry water to all required locations. 2. Temporary Electrical Facilities: Provide temporary electrical power and facilities necessary to supply lighting for work operations and power for power driven tools and testing. 3. Temporary Telecommunications: Provide and pay service charges for a cellular telephone and/or pager for use of Contractor's Superintendent. B. SANITARY FACILITIES: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. C. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT: Erect, equip, operate, and maintain construction equipment per applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of jurisdictional authorities and insurance companies regarding safety, operation and fire hazard. Provide and maintain scaffolding, staging, runways, and similar equipment, as required. Coordinate furnishing and use with subcontractors. Provide and maintain hoists per Safety Orders of State of California, Division of Industrial Safety, until work is completed or until no longer required under this Contract. D. ENCLOSURES, FENCING AND BARRICADES: Provide and maintain barricades, fencing, shoring, pedestrian walkways including lights and other safety precautions to guard against personal injury and property damage as prescribed by jurisdictional authorities, including insurance companies. E. TEMPORARY SIGNS: None required. Contractor's name may be placed on field office and equipment. F. SITE CONTROLS AND PARKING: 1. Vehicular Access and Parking: Use identified entrances, access roads, and parking, as shown, or as directed. Maintain roads in satisfactory condition during Contract; repair damage resulting from work of this Project, as required, to leave in condition equal to that existing at start of Work. 2. Site Storage and Work Areas: On-site storage and work areas will be identified by the District, for the Contractor's use, subject to change as necessary as job progresses. Enclose with fences and gates as required for security. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

47 Page 9 Product Requirements Debris Control: Keep work and storage areas clean and free of debris. Dispose of debris off site as it accumulates; pay required fees for use of dumps. Burning or burying on site is prohibited. 4. Dust Controls: Use sprayed water to control dust from outdoor operations, as required. Control dust from indoor operations by using temporary partitions, curtains, or other means to prevent its spread beyond immediate work area. Use temporary means of closure for ducts and other openings communicating with other parts of building. 5. Noise Control: Minimize noise caused by work operations. To extent possible, schedule accomplishment of noisy construction operations to hours during which adjacent building occupants will be least inconvenienced. 6. Security: Contractor is responsible for security of areas of Work during entire time of Contract. Repair damage to Work and replace materials lost due to vandalism or theft. 7. Temporary Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as shown to protect vegetation and outside the drip line of trees to protect from construction damage. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. 8. Drainage: As required by the State of California Water Resources Control Board, only rainwater is permitted in storm drain system. Do not permit water resulting from washing of equipment or other construction activities to be discharged into the storm drainage system. Provide temporary containment, sediment traps, and/or gravel filters to prevent discharge of non-storm water into storm drain system. 3. EXECUTION: A. MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL: Maintain temporary facilities and controls as long as required for safe and proper completion of Work; remove temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of Work will permit. * * * PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Provide products as shown and specified per Contract Documents. Within seven (7) days after award of contract, submit complete list of products for which contractor has selected an option or proposes a substitution. Provide name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number or catalog designation of each product. For products specified by reference standards, provide name of manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. 2. PRODUCTS: A. PRODUCT OPTIONS: 1. Products Specified by Reference Standards: Contractor may select any product which meets the standards, by any manufacturer. 2. Specified Products and Alternate Manufacturers: Wherever catalog numbers and specific brand or trade names are used in conjunction with a designated material, product, thing or service mentioned in these specifications, they are used to establish the standards of quality, utility and appearance required. The "specified product" shall be understood to be the basis for the project design. Comparable products of named "alternate manufacturers" shall be considered equal in quality, utility and appearance. Contractor has the option of selecting from products and manufacturers named and must satisfy submittal requirements specified in Section SUBMITTALS. 3. Accepted Equal: Where specification includes the designation "or accepted equal", Contractor may request acceptance as "equal" any material, process, or product of unnamed manufacturer through use of substitution request as specified in Section SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. 4. Required Products: Where use of one named product and manufacturer is required to match others in use or because only one brand or trade name is known, there is no option, and no substitution will be allowed. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

48 Execution Requirements Page EXECUTION: A. PRODUCT HANDLING: Assure that Work is manufactured and/or fabricated in ample time so as to not delay construction progress. Transport, handle, store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer s instructions. * * * EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Schedule delivery of materials to the site at such time as required for proper coordination of the work. Receive materials in manufacturer's unopened packages and bearing manufacturer's label. Handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Store materials in a dry and well-ventilated place, adequately protected from damage and exposure to the elements. 2. PRODUCTS: A. MATERIALS: Refer to Section PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 3. EXECUTION: A. PREPARATION: Verify existence and location of site improvements and other construction indicated as existing and the location and points of connection of utility services. Coordinate the use of the site and facilities. Allocate mobilization areas of site; allow for field offices and sheds, access, traffic, and parking facilities. B. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT: Locate and lay out site improvements, control lines and levels including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. C. SITE CONDITIONS: Carefully examine sub-surfaces and take field measurements; report defects and discrepancies between plan and field dimensions to Architect. Starting of work implies acceptance of conditions as they exist. Obtain templates, patterns, and setting instructions as required; verify dimensions. Verify that ambient temperature and moisture content are within limits of material and equipment manufacturers' instructions. D. INSTALLATION: Install products in conformance with referenced standards, manufacturer's written directions, as shown, and as specified. Coordinate delivery and placement of items embedded in work. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate Work of various contractors having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. E. COMPLETION: Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. * * * CUTTING AND PATCHING Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Provide all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill as required, to complete the Work or to accomplish the following: make several parts fit together properly; uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of work not installed in the proper sequence of construction; remove and replace defective and non-conforming work; remove samples of installed New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

49 Page 11 Construction Waste Management work for testing, and as identified in individual sections of the specifications; provide penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of piping and conduit; install specified work in existing construction. B. SUBMITTALS: Submit written request to the Architect in advance of executing any cutting or alteration to the following affected items: work process of the Owner or any separate contractor; structural value or integrity of any element of the Project; integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements or systems; efficiency, life, maintenance or safety of operational elements; visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. 2. PRODUCTS: A. MATERIALS: Match existing materials for cutting and patching work with new materials conforming to project requirements. 3. EXECUTION: A. INSPECTION: Inspect existing conditions; include elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of work. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions; do not proceed with work until Architect has provided further instructions. B. PREPARATION: Provide temporary support as necessary to assure structural value or integrity of affected portion of Work. Provide protection from elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching, and maintain excavations free from water. C. PERFORMANCE: Prevent damage to other work; provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs. Perform work with workers skilled in the trades involved; make patches, seams and joints durable and inconspicuous. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation complying with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work as shown and specified. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide even finish to match adjacent finishes: continuous surfaces to nearest intersection; entire unit of assembly. * * * CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Provide Construction Waste Management including salvaging, recycling, and disposing of nonhazardous construction waste, as shown and specified per Contract Documents. 2. PRODUCTS: A. WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN: Develop plan consisting of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis to re-use and recycle minimum 50% by weight of construction waste materials generated by the Work. Indicate quantities by weight or volume; use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS: Refer to Section REFERENCES for reference standards, applicable codes and definitions, and to the following: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI Safety Code for Building Construction. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Materials and testing standards as identified throughout this Section or within referenced manufacturers standard specifications. 3. California Building Code (CBC): California Building Standards Commission - Green Building Standards Code, Title 24, Part California Occupational Safety and Health Administration (CalOSHA): Construction Safety Orders; 29 CFR, PART 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. 5. California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle): a. General: Sustainable Building Guidelines. b. Recycling and Recovery: Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling guidelines. 6. U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC): LEED-NC Rating System, Version Construction Materials Recycling Association (CMRA): Standards and guidelines. 8. Qualifications: a. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: LEED Accredited Professional by U.S. Green Building Council. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

50 Closeout Procedures Page 12 b. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program. 9. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. EXECUTION: A. PREPARATION: Review Waste Management Plan procedures and identify locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. Designate and label specific areas on the site for separating materials to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. B. IMPLEMENTATION: 1. Recycled Materials: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Provide properly marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are removed from Project site. Store materials away from construction area, off the ground and protect from the weather; do not store within drip line of remaining trees. Transport recyclable waste off Owner's property to recycling receiver or processor. 2. Disposal: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. Burning and burying of materials is not allowed. Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. * * * CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section GENERAL: A. DESCRIPTION: Perform operations necessary for and incidental to closing out the Contract and assisting in obtaining Project acceptance. B. FINAL CLEANING: Remove surplus materials, rubbish, and debris. C. REQUIREMENTS PREPARATORY TO PROJECT ACCEPTANCE: Deliver statement certifying that no materials containing asbestos have been installed in the Work, and that materials used in construction operations and installed in the Work comply with the volatile organic compound (VOC) requirements. Remove temporary facilities from site per Section TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. Complete thorough building and site cleaning per Owner-Contractor Agreement. Submit affidavits of release of liens, payment of debts and claims and all applicable taxes. 2. PRODUCTS: A. RECORD DOCUMENTS: Submission of accurate record drawings is required for release of final payment. Architect will furnish digital media or reproducible transparencies to the Contractor. Record installed locations of underground, drainage, plumbing and electrical work, including storm drain grate and invert elevations. Locate work, including stubs for future connections, with reference to permanent landmarks or buildings and indicate depth below finish grade. Emphasize changes by drawing "clouds" around changed items. Use same symbols and designations as shown on Contract Documents. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, Alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. Completed Record Drawings shall be signed by Contractor as complete and accurate records of the Project, as built. B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: Incorporate in Maintenance/Operating Manual(s), brochures, manufacturer's catalogs and written instructions for equipment and materials needing regular care or maintenance; i.e., mechanical and electrical equipment. Provide name and address of nearest vendor for replacement of parts or repair services. Provide one (1) complete copy of each manual required and electronic copy (PDF) of contents. C. GUARANTEES: Unless otherwise state in individual sections, duration of guarantees shall be one (1) year from date of final acceptance of the Project by the Owner. Submit required Guarantees as electronic copies (PDFs) using the following format on subcontractor s letterhead, countersigned by Contractor: "GUARANTEE FOR (WORK). We hereby guarantee that the workmanship and materials that we installed in the (Project) have been in accordance with the drawings and specifications and that the work as installed will fulfill the New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

51 Page 13 Closeout Procedures requirements of the specified guarantee. We agree to repair or replace any or all work, together with any other adjacent work that we may displace in so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or material within a period of ( ) year(s) from date of acceptance of by the Owner, without any expense whatsoever to Owner, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the above-mentioned conditions within ten (10) days after being notified in writing by the Owner, we collectively or separately do hereby authorize the Owner to proceed to have said defects repaired and made good at our expense, and we will honor and pay the cost and charges therefor upon demand. SIGNED AND DATED: SUBCONTRACTOR: CONTRACTOR: " 3. EXECUTION: A. PROJECT ACCEPTANCE: After requirements preparatory to project acceptance have been completed, Contractor shall notify Architect in writing that the Work is ready for final inspection; provide minimum three (3) days' advance notice of desired date for inspection. Contractor shall accompany the Architect on the final inspection. B. REQUEST FOR PAYMENT: Upon acceptance of Project by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit his request for final payment, less retention. Retention payment will not be made by the Owner until Contractor has filed the required Form 6 with DSA, with copy to the Architect. * End Division 01 * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 14, 2014

52 SITE FURNISHINGS Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: Provide Site Furnishings, as shown and specified per Contract Documents. B. REFERENCES: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Materials and testing standards as identified throughout this Section or within referenced manufacturers standard specifications. 2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Fire Resistance Directory and Building Material Directory. C. SUBMITTALS: 1. General: Submit product data and samples. 2. Closeout: Submit maintenance data and guarantee in required form for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance by Owner. 2. PRODUCTS: A. MATERIALS: 1. Site Furnishings: a. General: Manufactured by Playworld Systems, Inc. b. Alternate Manufacturers: Comparable products manufactured by L.A. Steelcraft Products, Inc. or accepted equal. c. Benches: Perforated steel; color as selected by Architect. 1. Type 1: Essentials Furnishings: Backless Bench, Product #ZZXX Type 2: Essentials Furnishings: Bench, Product #ZZXX1449. d. Bike Racks: Essentials Furnishings: Bike Rack, Product #ZZXX Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer. 3. EXECUTION: A. PREPARATION: 1. Examination: Examine conditions of work in place before beginning work; report defects. 2. Measurements: Take field measurements; report variance between plan and field dimensions. B. INSTALLATION: 1. General: Install in conformance with referenced standards, manufacturer's written directions, as shown, and as specified. 2. Site Furnishings: Set in place as shown. All bench supports shall be placed prior to pouring the concrete walk. No concrete core drilling allowed. 3. Bike Racks: Set in concrete as shown; refer to Section Portland Cement Concrete Paving. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 7, 2014

53 ELECTRICAL WORK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section GENERAL: A. WORK INCLUDED: 1. Conditions of the Contract and Division One apply to all work of this Section. 2. Contractor shall provide all materials, labor and the means and methods to complete the installation defined by the plans and these specifications. 3. All conduit and pull boxes provided by the contractor for utility company wiring and cabling will be home runs from the point of entry to the District s property, to the Main Switchboard to Main Terminal Backboards, and/or to transformers, etc. The pull boxes and conduits are for the wire and cable installed by the providing utility company exclusively. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. Other Divisions: Requirements of other divisions shall apply to this division as if repeated herein, and should work under this division require any carpentry, backfill, masonry, etc., the appropriate division requirements shall apply. This includes work required for construction of proper stands, bases, and supports for electrical materials and equipment. 2. Rules and Regulations: All work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of the following: a. California Electrical Code b. California Building Code c. Applicable regulations of local utility companies d. California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Electrical Safety Orders e. Equipment Utility Service Requirements Committee Standards f. General Order 95 of the Public Utilities Commission Nothing in these drawings or specifications is to be construed to permit work not conforming to the above codes, rules, and regulations. Whenever indicated, material, workmanship, arrangement, or construction is of higher quality or capacity than that required by the above rules and regulations, the drawings and/or specifications shall take precedence. Should there be any direct conflict between the rules and regulations and the drawings and/or specifications, the rules shall govern. 3. Permits, Fees, And Inspections: Contractor shall obtain all permits and arrange for Owner to pay required fees to any governmental agency or utility company having jurisdiction over the work of this Section. Inspections required by any local ordinances or utility companies during construction shall be arranged by the Contractor. All work and materials covered by these specifications and accompanying drawings shall at all times be subject to inspection by the Architect or his representative. Any material not in accordance with the plans and specifications, or not installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, shall, upon order from the Architect, be removed from the premises or corrective action taken within three (3) days; and if material in question has been installed, the entire expense for removing and reinstalling shall be borne by the Contractor. On completion of the work, satisfactory evidence shall be furnished to the Architect to show that all work has been installed in accordance with the Codes. 4. Specifications and Contract Drawings: Accuracy of data given herein and on the drawings is as exact as could be secured, but their extreme accuracy is not guaranteed. The drawings and specifications are for the assistance and guidance of the Contractor and exact locations, distances, levels, etc., will be governed by the construction and the Contractor shall accept same with this understanding. Layouts of equipment, accessories and wiring systems are diagrammatic (not pictorial and not exact), but shall be followed as closely as possible. Architectural, structural, mechanical, and other drawings shall be examined noting all conditions that may affect this work. Where connections to equipment provided by other divisions are shown on electrical drawings, refer to drawings of respective division for exact locations and electrical requirements of equipment. Report conflicting conditions to the Architect for adjustment before proceeding with work. Should Contractor proceed with work without reporting conflict(s), he does so on his own responsibility, and shall alter work if directed by the Architect, at his own expense. Right is reserved to make minor changes in locations of equipment and wiring systems New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

54 Division 26 Page 2 ELECTRICAL Section Electrical Work General Requirements shown, providing change is ordered before conduit runs and/or work directly connected to same is installed and no extra materials are required. Drawings and specifications may be superseded by later detail specification and detail drawings prepared by the Architect, and the Contractor shall conform to them and to such reasonable changes in the contract drawings as may be called for by these revised drawings without extra cost to the Owner. Contractor may request additional detail(s) and such shall be conformed to without additional cost. Contractor may offer alternate detail(s), but such detail(s) shall be approved by Architect and authority having jurisdiction. 5. Structural Requirements: Installation under this Section shall comply with the California Building Code. Obtain the Architect's approval before performing any cutting or patching of concrete, masonry, or wood structure in the building. Refer to details on structural drawings for penetration requirements through framing top plates, sill plates, beams, joists, rafters, etc. Provide notching, boring, drilling, anchor bolts, and other work in strictest conformance to structural details. 6. Seismic Restraint Requirements: All electrical equipment and materials shall be braced against seismic forces in accordance with California Building Code Chapter 16A. Provide lateral bracing as required. The field installation shall be subject to the review and approval of the DSA Structural Safety engineer. 7. Examination of Site: The Contractor shall be held to have visited the site prior to bidding and satisfied himself as to the conditions under which the work is to be performed. He shall check existing conditions which may affect his work. Where signal systems exist, and services of other firms are required, Contractor shall instruct those firms to investigate existing systems and determine labor and materials needed to add devices or modify systems. Where new conduits are to be run underground at existing sites, contractor shall visit site prior to bidding and walk routes of new underground conduits, note areas of concrete and asphalt being crossed, and include in bid all costs for cutting and patching. No allowances shall subsequently be made in Contractor s behalf for any extra expense to which he or his subs may be put due to failure or neglect to discover conditions affecting the work. 8. Utility Company Coordination: Immediately after award of contract, contractor shall contact utility company representatives for power and telephone services. Contractor shall obtain specific requirements and details from respective representative. Contractor shall discuss the aspects of the project related to services and coordinate scheduling of the work and inspections required by utility companies. 9. Underground Utilities: Existing underground utilities, services, circuits, piping, irrigation piping, etc., are present, but their exact locations are not known. Contractor shall locate and protect before trenching or excavating in any area. Consult utility companies, as-built drawings and Owner s maintenance personnel for location of existing underground work. If existing piping or utilities are damaged during construction, Contractor shall repair immediately at own expense. New underground work shall be modified as necessary to conform to existing conditions. 10. Substitutions, Materials, and Submittals: a. Submittals and all supporting data shall be submitted as instruments of the Contractor who shall certify on his transmittal form that the submittals meet all requirements of the contract documents and conform to structural and space conditions. Contractor shall mark each page of each copy of submittal to clearly identify materials, products, or models being proposed. All extraneous information shall be marked out or page pulled if no item(s) on page are proposed. Submittals which do not clearly identify items being proposed will be returned without review. b. When specific names are used in connection with materials, they are used as standards only, but this implies no right upon the part of the Contractor to use other materials or methods unless approved as equal in quality and utility by the Architect in writing. c. Whenever an item of equipment or system is described herein or on the drawings in a descriptive, functional, or operational manner as opposed to catalog number or type, then the Contractor's submittal shall include all such descriptive, functional, or operational features to prove full equality to specified item or system. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

55 ELECTRICAL DIVISION 26 Section Electrical Work General Requirements Page 3 d. Panelboard submittals shall be arranged to show bussing and circuit numbers with respective branch circuit protective device similar to schedules on Drawings. e. Within 10 days after award of the contract, submit seven (7) bound copies of complete material list, which includes manufacturer's name and catalog numbers for materials being proposed. All material specified herein and on the drawing shall be included in list. Proposed substitutions, and only proposed substitutions, shall be accompanied by catalog cuts, ratings, sizes, performance curves, shop drawings, and other data complete to prove full equality to the specified item. List shall include contractor s confirmation that material is UL listed or labeled. Refer to attached form. f. Within five (5) days after return of material list, submit seven (7) bound copies of brochures containing complete information and catalog cuts on all equipment, including that which is to be furnished as specified. The brochures shall be bound as complete volumes or bound according to classifications of equipment such as power, fixtures, signals, and miscellaneous. Incomplete submittals will be returned without review. g. Approval of a substitution does not authorize any deviation from the utility, size, or function of the specified item unless specifically pointed out and approval requested in the letter of submittal. Responsibility for conflicts due to space limitations is not relieved by approval of a substitution. If revision of wiring, piping, or arrangement of other equipment is required by substitutions, prepare drawings showing such revisions, and after approval, furnish seven (7) copies for file and future reference. h. Submittal Review: 1) Items marked "No Exceptions Taken" or "Make Corrections Noted" shall not be resubmitted in subsequent submittals unless a complete package submittal is required by a reviewing agency or firm. Resubmittal items which have already been reviewed but no resubmittal was required, will not be reviewed a second time. Pages for such items will be returned unstamped and unmarked. 2) When an item is marked "Revise and Resubmit" or "Rejected", the Contractor shall furnish a resubmittal for that item. Pages for resubmitted items shall be new submittal pages. The Contractor shall not resubmit previously stamped and annotated pages or photocopies of such pages. Resubmittals which include pages stamped as part of an earlier review or photocopies of such stamped pages will not be reviewed and will be returned as previously stamped and annotated. 3) Refer to B.10.a above. Non-compliance with paragraph B.10.a requirements will cause submittal to be returned without review. i. Should the Contractor's first submittal fail to meet approval, or should the Contractor fail to submit the specified items within the time schedule, then the right is reserved by the Architect to select any or all items in question, which selection shall be final and binding upon the Contractor. The materials selected or approved by the Architect shall be used in the work at no additional cost to the Owner. j. Unless otherwise shown or specified, material shall be new, full weight, standard, the best quality of its kind, and satisfactory to the Architect. Unless otherwise shown or specified, major equipment shall be the product of a manufacturer who has, for a period of not less than five (5) years, been in successful manufacture of the equipment, and who has a nationally distributed catalog covering ratings and specifications of said equipment. k. Electrical materials shall bear the label of, or be listed by, the Underwriters Laboratories unless of a type for which label or listing service is not provided. l. Materials and components shall conform to Industry Standard, including: NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ASTM American Society for Testing Material ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer's Association CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers USA United States of America Standards m. Samples of fixtures, materials, and equipment shall be submitted for approval if requested. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

56 Division 26 Page 4 ELECTRICAL Section Electrical Work General Requirements 11. Expedited Delivery: Where construction schedule does not allow for normal delivery of equipment in Division 26 work, Contractor shall purchase equipment for accelerated delivery. All additional costs for expedited delivery shall be included in bid. 12. Identification of Equipment: Nameplates shall be installed on electrical equipment. Nameplates shall adequately describe the item and its function or use of the particular equipment involved. Equipment to be labeled shall include the following: a. Individual enclosures for equipment such as time switches, push buttons, contactors, relays, etc. b. Group mounted equipment such as panelboards, terminal and control cabinets, switchboards, etc. Nameplates shall be securely fastened to the equipment with #4 Phillips round head cadmium plated steel self-tapping screws or brass bolts or riveted to equipment. 13. Cutting of Structural Members: Unless specifically detailed on the structural drawings, cutting of joists and similar structural members is limited to cuts and bored holes located and sized in accordance with the requirements of Title 24. Cutting of structural mullions is prohibited except as specifically shown. 14. Record Drawings: The Contractor's foreman shall keep in his possession a minimum of two (2) sets of blueline prints. One set shall be marked as the work is installed, showing the work that has been installed, with deviations. The other set shall be marked showing deviations for the work shown and the locations of major items of equipment and feeders, dimensioned from curbs, foundations, or other landmarks. Obtain inspector's progressive approval of these marked sheets. Upon completion of the work, all work installed shall be drafted by the Contractor to reproducible drawings, which shall be the as-built drawings. Coordinate with General Contractor on requirements for reproducible record drawings. 15. Cleaning and Cleanup: After all work has been accomplished such as sanding, painting, etc., lighting fixtures, panelboards, and switchboards shall be cleaned to remove all dust, dirt, grease, paint, or other marks. All electrical equipment shall be left in a clean condition inside and out, satisfactory to the Architect. Keep buildings and premises free from accumulated waste materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from work herein, and, upon completion of said work, remove tools, appliances, surplus materials, waste materials, rubbish, debris, and accessory items used in or resulting from said work and legally dispose of off the site. 16. Protection: The Contractor shall protect from damage during construction the work and materials of other trades as well as the electrical work and material. Electrical equipment stored and installed on the job site shall be protected from dust, water, or any other damage. 17. Working Space: Adequate working space shall be provided around electrical equipment in strict compliance with the Codes. In general, provide 6'6" of headroom and 36" minimum clear work space in front of switchboards, panelboards, transformers, disconnect switches and controls for 120/208 volts and 42" for 277/480 volts. Carefully coordinate locations and orientation of electrical equipment with other divisions to ensure that working space will be clear of piping, conduits, and equipment provided by others. 18. Interruption of Service: Services (power, telephone, fire alarm and other signal services) to existing building(s) and their related circuits which are to remain in operation shall not be interrupted except by specific approval of the Owner. If it is deemed necessary to shut down circuits for the installation of new work, such shut down shall be scheduled with the Owner who may, at his option, have a representative present. Any accidental interruption of service to circuits or equipment as a result of work performed by the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, be restored in a manner acceptable to the Owner. 19. Cooperation and Coordination: Cooperate and coordinate with other crafts in putting the installation in place at a time when the space required by this installation is accessible. Work done without regard to other crafts shall be moved at the Contractor's expense. 20. Electrical Work for Equipment Furnished by Others: Contractor shall make electrical connections to all equipment furnished and installed by others. Specific requirements shall be obtained from contractor providing the equipment and used to perform electrical work. Contractor's responsibility is limited to having correctly installed and connected electrical work New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

57 ELECTRICAL DIVISION 26 Section Electrical Work General Requirements Page 5 in accordance with diagrams and specifications furnished him by the appropriate equipment contractor. 21. Inspection: The Contractor shall cooperate with the Architect and shall provide assistance at all times for the inspection of the electrical work performed under this contract. He shall remove covers, operate machinery, or perform any reasonable work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will be necessary to determine the quality and adequacy of the work. 22. Manufacturer's Directions: Follow manufacturer's directions where these directions cover points not included on the drawings or in the specifications. When equipment is provided by other divisions, obtain directions from respective supplier. 23. Workmanship: Good workmanship shall be evidenced in the installation of all electrical materials and equipment. Equipment shall be level, plumb and true with the structure and other equipment. All materials shall be firmly secured in place and adequately supported and permanent. The recommendations of the National Electrical Contractors Association Standard of installation shall be followed except where otherwise specifically directed. 24. Operating Test: After the installation is complete, and at such time as the Engineer and other authorities having jurisdiction may request, the Contractor shall conduct an operating test for approval. 25. Manuals: In addition to the catalog data and Shop Drawings submitted for approval as required hereinbefore, the Contractor shall furnish to the Architect three (3) final corrected sets of all data applicable to the equipment furnished. a. All data shall be delivered not less than 30 days before the start of operation by the Owner or any demonstration period hereinafter specified and before finalizing construction work. b. Each set of data per system shall be bound in one or more volumes. A top quality three-ring binder with vinyl or hard cover will be acceptable in lieu of binding; however, all insert data must be properly punched and reinforced. Each volume shall have permanent identification information on the spine. c. Identification information shall include the building name, address, and location, system or systems included, and titled "Maintenance Manual". d. All data shall be assembled in an orderly sequence with tabbed dividers to correspond with the table of contents. e. Manufacturer's catalog data, Shop Drawings, etc., shall be marked clearly to identify the items applicable only to this project. Make and model numbers of each item installed shall be marked clearly in catalog data and identified with symbol used on the Drawings. f. Each set of data shall contain the following: 1) Table of Contents, listing orderly indexed names of items. 2) Descriptive literature. 3) Rating data, including rating tables, performance curves, etc. 4) Dimension data. 5) Spare Parts Lists. 6) Manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions and manuals. 7) Shop Drawings. 8) Copies of posted instructions and diagrams. 9) Control diagrams and descriptions of sequence of operation. 10) Copies of warrantees, guarantees, certificates, etc. g. Complete data, including component parts, shall be provided on each item listed below: 1) Telephone Equipment. 2) Lighting Fixtures. 3) Lighting Control Equipment 4) Panelboards. Submit copy to Architect for approval before delivery to Owner. h. In addition to the requirements above, contractor shall provide final programming information to District on disk for all systems requiring programming. 26. Contractor's Supervision: The Electrical Contractor shall personally, or through an authorized and competent representative, constantly supervise the work from its beginning to its New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

58 Division 26 Page 6 ELECTRICAL Section Electrical Work General Requirements completion and acceptance. He shall, as far as possible, keep the same foreman and workers on the work from its commencement to its completion. 27. Temporary Work: All temporary electrical equipment and materials installed for construction and safety operations shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed when permanent connections have been completed. No wire, bus, or electrical equipment which is part of any of the permanent electrical systems may be used for temporary electrical service. Temporary connections shall be safe and in accordance with accepted practices. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage or injury to equipment, materials, or personnel caused by improperly protected temporary installations. All costs for materials and installation for temporary electrical facilities and energy for their operation shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The hours of operation, level of illumination, and coverage for safety of personnel shall meet the minimum requirements of the Owner (Division of Industrial Safety). 28. Copies of codes, safety orders, submittals, specifications, drawings, addenda, and as builts shall be on the job and in possession of person responsible for electrical work (foreman or general foreman). 29. Guarantee: Acceptance of the contract for this work includes this guarantee: The Contractor guarantees that he has performed the work in accordance with the contract documents. Contractor also agrees to replace or repair, as new, any defective work, materials, or part which may appear within one (1) year of final payment if in the opinion of the Architect or the Owner the defect is due to workmanship or material. 30. Warranties, guarantees, certificates, etc. that are furnished and are available for equipment and materials furnished and installed under this section shall be properly filled out as of the date of final payment and shall be delivered to the Engineer. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

59 MATERIAL LIST PROJECT: SUBMITTAL NO.: DATE: PROPOSED MATERIALS: A. Conduit: Material Manufacturer UL GRS Triangle Yes Western Yes IMC Triangle Yes Western Yes EMT Triangle Yes Western Yes Flexible Conduit AFC Cable Yes Flex, Liquid Tight AFC Cable Yes Schedule 40 PVC Carlon Yes B. Conduit Fittings: GRS/IMC Appleton Yes Thomas & Betts Yes EMT Appleton Yes Thomas & Betts Yes Flexible Conduit Thomas & Betts Yes Flex, Liquid Tight Appleton Yes Crouse-Hinds Yes Schedule 40 PVC Carlon Yes C. Conduit Supports: GRS/IMC/EMT/Flex Kindorf Yes Unistrut Yes Thomas & Betts Yes

60 D. Conduit Straps: GRS/IMC/EMT/Flex Thomas & Betts Yes Gedney Yes E. Cable Supports: F. Conductors: G. Terminators: H. Splices: J-Hooks Caddy Yes THHN/THWN/THW Southwire Yes Essex Yes Forked Tongue Lug Thomas & Betts Yes Buchanan Yes Clamp Type Thomas & Betts Yes Burndy Yes Lugs Thomas & Betts Yes Spring Connectors 3M Yes Thomas & Betts Yes Split Bolt Connectors Thomas & Betts Yes Burndy Yes Bolted Pressure Connectors OZ Yes Burndy Yes Sealing Kits 3M Scotch Yes I. Lubricant: Y-er Ease Yes Minerallac Yes J. Cable Identification: Thomas & Betts Brady K. Boxes: Outlet Boxes Appleton Yes Hubbell Yes Junction/Pullbox Cooper B-Line Yes Hoffman Yes

61 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER Section CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 1. GENERAL: A. WORK INCLUDED: 1. Conditions of the Contract and Division One apply to all work of this Section. 2. Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, and the means and methods to complete the installation defined by the plans and these specifications. 2. PRODUCTS: A. CONDUCTORS: 1. Conductors for power, lighting, control, and signals shall be in raceway and shall be as follows: a. #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid copper, 98% conductivity except for signal and control cables which may be stranded. (Stranded conductors may be used for #10 and smaller if wiring devices [switches, receptacles, etc.] are equipped with terminals specifically designed to accommodate stranded wire.) b. #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded copper, 98% conductivity. c. Minimum size branch circuit shall be #12 AWG. d. Signal and control circuits shall be as indicated on Drawings or as required by equipment manufacturers. Where specialty cables are required for signal systems, Contractor must coordinate cable types with system supplier to insure proper cable type is provided (shielded, non-shielded, etc.). e. Branch circuit conductors within fixtures shall be type RHH or THHN except as noted. f. Fixture tap conductors shall be #14 AWG minimum type RHH or THHN except as noted. g. All insulation shall be 600 volt THHN/THWN except for low voltage control and signal cable. h. Conductors shall be color coded. Refer to Part 3 of this section. i. Conductor markers - T&B vinyl, Brady Permashield, or equal. j. Control wiring smaller than #12 AWG shall be type TFF or THWN. 2. Terminators: a. Use lugs or socket type terminals furnished with equipment. b. For #10 and smaller, T&B Sta-Kon, Buchanan "Termend", or equal, self-insulated forked tongue lug. c. #8 to #4/0 - Single Hex head screw or bolt clamp type with double hole tongue, T&B locktite, Burndy Qiklug type QA, or equal. 3. Splices: a. #10 and smaller, including fixture taps - pre-insulated coiled-spring type connectors, 3M Scotchloks, T&B Piggys, or equal. b. #8 to #4, Split bolt service connectors, T&B locktite, Burndy Servit, or equal, insulated with Scotch #88, Okoweld four purpose tape, or equal. c. #2 and larger, bolted pressure connectors, OZ ST, Burndy OKLIP, or equal, insulated with "Scotchfill" and Scotch #88 or Okoweld four purpose tape. d. Splice sealing kits - Scotchlock sealing packs for wire size to #10 and Scotchcast kits for larger splices as recommended by 3M Co. Engineer knows of no equal to Scotch kits. 4. Lubricant for conductor installation shall be powdered soapstone, Y-er EAS, Minerallac "Pull-In" compound, or other U.L. approved lubricant. 5. Cable Identification: Non-ferrous identifying tags or pressure sensitive labels shall be securely fastened to all cables, feeders, and power circuits in pullboxes and manholes. Tags or labels shall be stamped or printed to correspond with markings on Drawings or marked so that feeder or cable may be readily identified. 3. EXECUTION: A. WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEMS: 1. Tests: Test all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds before any fixtures or equipment are connected, and where such tests indicate faulty insulation or other defects, New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

62 Division 26 Page 2 ELECTRICAL Section Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables they shall be located, repaired, and retested at the Contractor's expense. Rotation of all motors shall be checked and corrected, if necessary, after final connections are made. B. CONDUCTORS: 1. Phasing: Terminals in panelboards, switchboards, and other equipment shall be phased A, B, C, reading left to right or top to bottom looking into the front of the equipment. 2. Conductors shall be coded as follows: Voltage Phase A Phase B Neutral Ground 120/240V Black Red White Green Direct current - positive is red, negative is black. Control conductors, other than branch circuits, shall be black. Conductors in sizes up through #6 AWG shall have solid color finish as listed above. #4 AWG and larger shall be coded by application of phase tape for minimum of 6" length on conductor. Coding shall occur at all splices, terminations, and pullboxes. Color coding shall be continuous and consistent throughout the work. Do not use different colors for switch legs, fixture taps, travelers, etc. 3. Circuit Identification: Each branch circuit, control, and signal conductor shall be labeled with the circuit number or terminal it is connected to. Use T&B vinyl, Brady Permashield mylar markers, or equal. Conductors shall be labeled at each panelboard, switchboard, control center, terminal cabinet, pullbox, and at each point of utilization such as fixtures, motors, wiring devices, speakers, etc. Labeling shall correspond to control diagrams where applicable. 4. Connections to terminals shall be as follows: Refer to this Section. 5. Splices: a. Refer to 2.1C. of this Section. b. Splices in underground pullboxes or in other areas subject to moisture shall be provided with cast resin kits. Use Scotchlock sealing packs for wire size to #10 and Scotchcast kits for larger splices as recommended by 3M Co. All splices to be prepared as hereinbefore specified before resin kits are applied. Engineer knows of no equal to Scotch kits. (Note: No signal splices are allowed in underground pullboxes or areas subject to moisture. Refer to respective signal section of Specifications.) c. Wire splicing devices shall be sized according to manufacturer's recommendation. 6. Conductors in switchboard, panels, etc., shall be laced with T&B Ty-raps, Dennison "Bar-loks", or equal. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

63 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL Section SYSTEMS 1. GENERAL: A. WORK INCLUDED: 1. Conditions of the Contract and Division One apply to all work of this Section. 2. Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, and the means and methods to complete the installation defined by the plans and these specifications. B. GROUNDING AND BONDING: 1. Grounding and Bonding: Grounding and bonding shall be installed as required by the applicable codes, rules, and regulations, and as follows: a. The service and enclosure shall be grounded. b. All raceway systems, supports, cabinets, panelboards, control equipment, motor frames, lighting fixtures, and utilization apparatus shall be permanently and effectively grounded. c. All non-metallic power, control, signal, and other raceways, exclusive of public telephone and data communications, shall contain a code size copper conductor, green insulated, properly bonded to equipment at each end, and to metallic portions of the same raceway. d. Provide bonding jumper around flexible metallic conduit. Bonding jumper shall be inside flex. e. Raceway size shall be increased if necessary to accommodate bonding or grounding conductors and shall be based on raceway fill tables. f. Where cabinets are furnished with grounding bus, all required bonding conductors shall connect thereto, each with separate lug. g. Buried ground connections shall be made by the Cadweld process using molds and charges according to manufacturer's recommendations. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

64 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR Section ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. GENERAL: A. WORK INCLUDED: 1. Conditions of the Contract and Division One apply to all work of this Section. 2. Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, and the means and methods to complete the installation defined by the plans and these specifications. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. Seismic Restraint Requirements: All electrical equipment and materials shall be braced against seismic forces in accordance with California Building Code, Chapter 16A. Provide lateral bracing as required. The field installation shall be subject to the review and approval of the DSA Structural Safety engineer. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

65 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL Section SYSTEMS 1. GENERAL: A. WORK INCLUDED: 1. Conditions of the Contract and Division One apply to all work of this Section. 2. Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, and the means and methods to complete the installation defined by the plans and these specifications. 2. PRODUCTS: A. RACEWAY: 1. All wiring shall be run in raceway. 2. The size of each raceway shall be largest of the following: a. Minimum size to be 1/2". b. Underground conduits to be 3/4" minimum. c. Telephone and data communications conduits to be 3/4" minimum. d. The size required by code fill table for THW to accommodate the number, size, and type of wires shown or specified or recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment served and also ground conductor. e. The size noted on the Drawings. 3. Conduit Fittings: Except where otherwise noted, conduit fittings shall be Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, or equal. Unilets, condulets, etc., shall be malleable iron and fitted with cover and gasket. 4. Conduit Supports: Kindorf, Unistrut, T&B, or equal. All multiple hanger and support parts shall be zinc coated by hot dipping or electroplating or otherwise protected against corrosion. 5. Conduit Straps: T&B, Gedney, or equal, one or two hole malleable iron or snap type steel with ribbed back, galvanized or cadmium plated. 6. Acceptable raceway systems and their limitations of use are as follows: a. Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC): 1) Standard weight, zinc coated on outside by hot dipping with either zinc coating or other U.L. approved corrosion resistant coating on inside. 2) Fittings shall be threaded and finished similar to conduit. Threadless fitting shall not be used. All joints shall be coated with conductive antiseize compound, T&B "Kopr-Shield" or approved equal, except where conduit is run in permanently dry locations. Engineer knows of no equal to "Kopr-Shield". 3) Where installed in contact with earth or fill material, conduit shall be wrapped with net four (4) layers of Scotchrap #50, Schuller VID-10, or equal, or encased in three inches of concrete. In lieu of hand wrapping, Contractor may provide PVC coated galvanized conduit and fittings. The thickness of the PVC coating shall be a minimum of.040" (40 mil) on all pipe and fittings (except where part shape demands less thickness). PVC coated elbows shall be Ocal, Inc. Engineer knows of no equal. 4) Conduits connected to boxes and cabinets shall be fitted with two locknuts and insulated bushings, OZ B Series, Appleton BU Series, or equal, U.L. approved and bonded. Grounding bushings shall be used whenever grounding conductors are installed. 5) Conduit stubs shall be capped with coupling, nipple, coupling and plug. 6) Conduits connected to top and sides of boxes, cabinets, or any exterior enclosure exposed to weather or in areas subject to excessive moisture shall be fitted with watertight sealing hubs of steel or malleable iron with sealing ring and insulated throat, T&B 370 Series, EFCOR 40-50B Series, or equal. b. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Requirements for IMC are same as specified for RSC. c. Liquid Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: 1) Minimum trade size, one-half inch (1/2"). 2) Connectors - Appleton STB Series, insulated. Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, or equal may be used. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

66 Division 26 Page 2 ELECTRICAL Section Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 3) Length shall be a practical minimum but to allow for movement of equipment connected without restricting flexibility of conduit. d. PVC Conduit, Schedule 40: U.L. listed and labeled for direct burial. 1) Minimum trade size, 3/4". 2) Use only underground. All conduit shall be encased with 3" concrete envelope or clean sand. Concrete shall be two sack mix with 3/4" maximum aggregate. Conduit separation for concrete encased conduits shall be provided using plastic conduit spacers specifically designed for the purpose. Place spacers maximum of 4'0" on center. Sand encased conduits shall be installed in layers to maintain vertical separation and horizontal separation shall be maintained using rebar stakes. Drawings indicate depth of burial required for the options. 3) A copper bonding conductor shall be pulled in each power, control, signal, and other raceway, except public telephone and data communications, and bonded to equipment at each end with approved lugs. 4) Continuation of run above grade, slab, or into building interior shall be with RSC or IMC as per conduit specification. 5) Hot box or field heated bends and elbows are not acceptable. Bends, elbows, and risers shall be made with rigid galvanized steel conduit using threaded adapters. At each end of conduit run, bond metallic portions of raceways to each other and to equipment connected at each end of conduit run. Protect metal portions from corrosion as specified for rigid steel conduit. In lieu of providing RSC bends in PVC duct banks outside of buildings, contractor may provide long radius PVC elbows with a minimum radius of 24" for 3/4" to 2" conduits and a minimum radius of ten times the conduit trade size for conduits larger than 2". (Note: As an example, a 2-1/2" conduit will require an elbow with a minimum radius of 30".) Pullrope used when PVC elbows are provided must be of a material and diameter that will not cause damage to inside surface of elbow when wire is pulled. Contractor will be required to replace any underground elbow determined to be damaged (grooved, cracked, etc.). Elbows under concrete floor slabs or rising up into footings must be RSC or IMC as specified hereinbefore. 6) Provide bell ends on all conduits rising into pullboxes, switchgear, lighting poles, rooms and any location where raceway ends. 7) All joints and fittings shall be glued using appropriate PVC cement. B. BOXES AND ENCLOSURES: 1. All boxes and enclosures shall be suitable for the environment in which they are installed. This includes enclosures for switchboards, panels, control cabinets, terminal cabinets, disconnect switches, signal devices, and the like. 2. Outlet Boxes: a. Outlet boxes shall be of welded construction or one piece deep-drawn steel, galvanized gang type. Octagon concrete rings may be folded type. Sectional boxes shall not be used. Boxes installed in any exterior location, where exposed to rain or where exposed to moisture laden atmosphere shall be cast screw hub type with gasketed weatherproof covers. Where installed in finished areas, exposed boxes shall be cast screw joint type or other type that does not have unused knockouts. b. Each box shall be large enough to accommodate the required number and sizes of conduits, wires, splices, and devices but not smaller than size shown or specified. 3. Junction Boxes and Pullboxes: a. Less than 100 cubic inches shall be as specified for outlet boxes. Boxes having internal volume greater than 100 cubic inches shall be of panelboard type construction except that covers shall be secured by screws or bolts. b. Boxes exposed to rain or installed in wet locations shall be specifically designed for the purpose. c. All boxes shall be installed so that covers are accessible after completion of the installation. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

67 ELECTRICAL DIVISION 26 Section Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Page 3 d. Boxes shall not be installed in finished areas unless specific approval for such installation is granted by Architect. 4. Box Mounting: Surface boxes shall be supported with expansion screws, bolts, or anchors. Suspended boxes shall be supported with threaded rods or strut assemblies attached directly to structural members by means of bolts or anchors. 5. Precast Concrete Boxes and Vaults: a. Boxes and Vaults: Precast high-density reinforced concrete, rated for H/20 vehicular traffic loading, unless shown otherwise on plans. b. Extensions: At sectional type boxes, provide a minimum of one precast extension. Provide additional extensions as required to provide space in box for code required cable bending. c. Covers: Unless noted otherwise on drawings, covers shall be H/20 vehicular traffic rated, steel checker plate, galvanized, with hold-down bolts. All covers shall have hold-down bolts and all steel covers shall be galvanized. Covers shall be factory marked as follows: SYSTEM MARKING Power 600 volts or less Electrical Telephone Telephone Data Communications Data Clock, Signal, etc. Signal Street Lighting Street Lighting Lighting Lighting Grounding Ground Where two or more low voltage systems (such as clock, fire alarm, telephone, etc.) occupy same box or vault, cover shall be factory marked Signal. d. Size: Provide size shown on Drawings. If sizes are not shown, provide boxes sized per Codes. (Note: Minimum size may be indicated in Symbol List on Drawings.) 3. EXECUTION: A. WIRING AND RACEWAY SYSTEMS: 1. Excavating and Trenching: Perform all excavations as required for the installation of the work included under this Section, including shoring of earth banks to prevent cave-ins and to protect workmen and equipment. Restore all surfaces, roadways, walks, curbs, walls, existing underground installation, etc., damaged or cut as a result of the excavations to their original condition in a manner approved by the Architect. Stop machine excavation for trenches, in solid ground, several inches above required grade line, then trim trench bottom by hand to accurate grade so that a firm and uniform bearing throughout entire length of duct is provided. In lieu of above hand excavation in bottom of trench, Contractor may excavate to depth no less than 6 inches below required grade line and place a bed of sand or granular soil, properly compacted to provide a uniform grade and to provide a firm support for duct throughout its entire length. Minimum conduit depth of pipe crown shall be 1'6" below finished or natural grade, unless detailed otherwise on Drawings. Conduits under parking lots, roadways, driveways, fire truck access routes, and other areas subject to vehicular traffic shall be installed a minimum of 24" below grade. 2. Backfilling: All backfill material, placement, and compaction shall conform to applicable requirements of Site Work. 3. Flashing and Sealing: Flash and counterflash roof and wall penetrations in manner described under other applicable sections of this Specification and as approved by the Architect. Conduits, ducts, etc., passing through finished walls and ceilings shall be fitted with steel escutcheon plates, chrome or paint finish as directed. Conduits which penetrate floor slabs and concrete or masonry walls shall be grouted and sealed watertight at penetration. Conduits penetrating exterior walls other than concrete or masonry shall be sealed watertight with Vulkem 116 polyurethane sealant. Underground conduits stubbing up into a room shall be sealed around cables or pullstring with foam sealant. All flashing and sealing shall be provided by this Contractor. B. RACEWAY SYSTEMS: New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

68 Division 26 Page 4 ELECTRICAL Section Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 1. Unless otherwise specified, all raceway shall be installed concealed. Raceway may be run exposed on unfinished walls, in attics and roof spaces, and in electrical rooms when run to surface cabinets, panels, or gutters. Conduit shall not be installed in concrete slabs. 2. Straps and hanger rods shall be fastened to concrete by means of inserts or expansion bolts, to brickwork by means of expansion bolts, to hollow masonry by means of toggle bolts, to metal surfaces with machine screws, and to wood construction with wood screws. Expanders and shields shall be steel or malleable iron. Sizes of shields and bolts shall be such that the proof test load will not be less than four times the actual working load. Deck screws or sheetrock screws shall not be used. Wooden plugs and lead shields shall not be used for fastening. Perforated strap iron or nail straps shall not be used. Straps shall be screw fastened. 3. In any raceway run, the number of 1/4 bends, or the equivalent, between terminations at cabinets, outlet boxes, junction boxes, and pullboxes, shall not exceed the number of 1/4 bends indicated below, and the total length of run shall not exceed 150 feet. Straight runs of conduit shall not exceed 250 feet in length between terminations at cabinets, outlet boxes, junction boxes, and pullboxes. Conduit Size - Inches Number of ¼ Bends ½ to 1¼ 4 1½ to 2½ 3 4. The size of each run of raceway shall be largest of the following: a. Minimum size to be 1/2". b. Underground conduits to be 3/4" minimum. c. Telephone and data communications conduits to be 3/4" minimum. d. The size required by code fill table for THW to accommodate the number, size, and type of wires shown or specified or recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment served and also ground conductor. e. The size noted on the Drawings. 5. The Contractor's attention is directed to check the size of all raceways to determine that the green equipment ground conductor, specified, shown or required, can be installed in the same raceway with phase and neutral conductors in accordance with the percentage of fill requirements of codes. If necessary, the Contractor shall increase the raceway sizes shown or specified to accommodate all conductors without additional cost to the Owner. 6. Conduit caps shall be installed during construction. 7. Plates and Grouting: Conduits, ducts, etc., passing through finished walls shall be fitted with steel escutcheon plates, chrome or paint finish as directed. Conduits which penetrate floor slabs and concrete or masonry walls shall be grouted and sealed watertight at penetration. 8. All joints of RSC and IMC raceways shall be coated with conductive antiseize compound, as specified hereinbefore, unless conduit is run in permanently dry locations. Remove couplings of factory joined conduit and coupling assemblies and coat joints. 9. Flexible conduit shall be used to cross seismic joints. 10. Expansion Joints: a. Attention is called to the expansion joints which occur at intervals in the construction. b. Where crossings are unavoidable, conduits shall cross at right angles with an expansion sleeve fitting. c. The expansion fitting shall be of a type designed to compensate for expansion and contraction in a line of conduit. d. The expansion end shall be sealed by a high grade packing which will prevent the entrance of water or moisture. e. End of conduits shall be provided with insulated bushings. f. Copper grounding rings or an auxiliary flexible bonding jumper, carefully installed to insure proper operations, shall be provided to secure a continuous ground between conduit and fitting. g. A conduit expansion fitting shall be installed in each conduit run wherever it crosses an expansion joint in the concrete structure. The expansion fitting shall be installed on one New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

69 ELECTRICAL DIVISION 26 Section Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems Page 5 side of the joint with its sliding sleeve end flush with the joint and with a length of bonding jumper in the expansion joint equal to at least 3 times the nominal width of the joint. h. These fittings shall also be provided where expansion and contraction are a consideration in long runs of conduits. 11. Plastic Conduit Expansion and Contraction: Contractor shall take precautions to allow for expansion and contraction of plastic conduit due to temperature changes. Exercise care in storing materials to avoid warping and deterioration. Protect from direct exposure to sunlight. 12. Conduit penetrations through fire rated assemblies shall be protected as required by CBC Chapter Underground Conduits and Duct Banks: a. Conduit runs shown on site plan are shown for general routing. Conduit installation shall comply with applicable codes, specifications, and details on the drawings. Exact location of runs shall be coordinated to comply with structural details at and near building footings. b. Prior to any excavation, layout duct routing. Routing shown on drawings is diagrammatic (not pictorial). Coordinate closely with underground work of other trades. Adjust routing and excavation to avoid conflict with other trades and utilities. c. At existing sites, underground utilities, services, circuits, piping, irrigation systems, etc. are present, but their exact locations are not known. Contractor shall locate and protect before trenching or excavating in any area. Consult utility companies, as-built drawings, and Owner s maintenance personnel for location of existing underground work. If existing piping or utilities are damaged during construction, contractor shall repair immediately at own expense. New underground shall be modified as necessary to conform to existing conditions. C. BOXES: 1. Boxes shall be accurately placed as shown on Drawings or as close thereto as possible. Contractor shall refer to Drawings, specifications, and submittals covering work of the other trades to coordinate outlet location. In the event of conflict between planned location of outlet and other equipment or furnishing, Contractor shall not proceed until direction has been given by Architect. 2. Precast Concrete Boxes: a. Sectional Boxes Without Precast Floor: Unless detailed otherwise on drawings, provide poured concrete footing formed inside with 6" gravel in bottom of box to facilitate drainage. Conduits shall rise in bottom of box. Provide box extensions to allow ample clearance in box between conduit and box cover for cable bending radius. b. Where boxes are installed at concrete or paved areas, box lid shall be flush with finish grade. c. Size: Provide size shown on Drawings. If sizes are not shown, provide boxes sized per Codes. (Note: Minimum size may be indicated in Symbol List on Drawings.) * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

70 SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, ENCLOSED Section SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1. GENERAL: A. WORK INCLUDED: 1. Conditions of the Contract and Division One apply to all work of this Section. 2. Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, and the means and methods to complete the installation defined by the plans and these specifications. 2. PRODUCTS: A. PANELBOARDS, CONTROL CABINETS, TERMINAL CABINETS, ETC. 1. ALL (yes, ALL) circuit breakers shall be equipped with padlocking devices for locking handle in off position. Devices shall be factory installed or furnished by factory and installed by Contractor. 2. Multiple pole circuit breakers shall have internal common trip connection. Single pole breakers shall not be tied at handles to form multiple pole breaker. 3. All circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type. 4. Circuit breaker numbers shall be adhesive backed engraved or embossed micarta or stamped into deadfront. Snap-in plastic numbers are not acceptable. 5. Busses shall be copper with a current density of 1000 amps per square inch, maximum. 6. Enclosures shall be finished in ASA 61 or Standard Factory gray enamel. 7. Enclosures shall be fitted with copper ground bus, similar to neutral bus, not insulated from enclosure. Bus shall be complete with lugs. 8. Nameplates shall be as hereinbefore specified. 9. Busses shall extend full length of usable space of distribution sections. 10. Fronts shall have concealed trim fasteners and a hinged door with concealed hinges and flush locking latch. 11. Main breakers, where specified as part of a combination main and distribution section or panel, shall be located above or below distribution bussing and be connected such that normal load side of breaker is disconnected when breaker is in open position. Backward connections are prohibited. 12. Where spaces are indicated on the Drawings, all required hardware and trim shall be provided to allow for future installation of breaker, switch, or combination starter of size shown. 13. The available fault current shall be obtained from the serving utility. Overcurrent protective devices, busses, and other components shall be selected and coordinated to clear faults and protect the system and all elements. This requirement is a minimum requirement and supercedes equipment selections which do not meet this requirement and which may be shown or specified elsewhere. The frame designations shown in schedules on drawings establish minimum AIC requirements. Proposed substitutions must meet or exceed the AIC rating of the specified frame. Series rating of components is not acceptable. 14. Panelboards: Shall be Square D, Eaton Electrical, or equal, of type and arrangement as indicated on Drawings. Layout of equipment on Drawings is based on Square D unless indicated otherwise in details on drawings. Manufacturers who cannot meet the requirements specified or shown will not be acceptable. B. CONTACTORS AND RELAYS: 1. Shall be Zenith, Square D, Asco, or equal, as indicated on Drawings. C. TERMINAL AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT CABINETS: 1. Shall be of panelboard type construction and finish. 2. Trim shall be fitted with hinged door and flush metallic latch (National Cabinet Lock #C8070 or equal). 3. Doors shall provide maximum size openings to cabinet interior. 4. Signal and telephone shall be provided with 5/8" backboard having a three-coat fire retardant white paint finish. 5. Top of cabinet shall be 6'6" above finished floor. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

71 Division 26 Page 2 ELECTRICAL Section Switchboards, Panelboards, Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 6. Control equipment cabinets shall be provided with suitable barriers to isolate devices in accordance with Codes. 7. Submittal Drawing shall show layout of terminal strips and devices with individual wire terminal identification. 8. Provide ground bus at each backboard similar to panelboard ground bus, attached with screws. 3. EXECUTION: A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS, CONTROL CABINETS, TERMINAL CABINETS, ETC.: 1. Conduits shall enter cabinet through neat hole and perpendicular to entrance face. 2. Conduits shall be fitted with insulated grounding bushing and bonded to ground bus. 3. Only circuit wiring which originates in a panel may be run in the wireway of that same panel. Contractor may not use a panel wireway to run conductors to or from another panel. 4. Contractor shall provide a dedicated 1 conduit with telephone cable from main switchboard meter compartment to Main Telephone Terminal Backboard. Run conduit through signal pullboxes shown on plan. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

72 LIGHTING POLES, LAMPS AND STANDARDS Section GENERAL: A. WORK INCLUDED: 1. Conditions of the Contract and Division One apply to all work of this Section. 2. Contractor shall provide all materials, labor, and the means and methods to complete the installation defined by the plans and these specifications. 2. PRODUCTS: A. LIGHTING FIXTURES: 1. Furnish and install fixtures as indicated on Drawings, including lamps, hangers, frames, supports, etc., complete and ready for operation. Accessories such as straps, mounting plates, nipples, anchor bolts, pole base covers, concrete bases, or brackets shall be provided for proper installation. 2. High Intensity Discharge fixtures shall be equipped with ballasts of the constant wattage, high power factor type. Ballasts shall be multi-tap type to allow connection to 120V, 208V, 240V, 277V or 480V circuits. 3. Ballast voltage shall be verified with branch circuiting requirements. 4. Fixtures shall be lamped with Osram Sylvania, Phillips, or equal lamps. Lamps are specified in Fixture Schedule to establish type, color temperature and quality. Contractor shall provide equivalent lamps which are compatible with ballast provided. Lamp/ballast combination provided by contractor shall not void lamp or ballast manufacturer s warranties. Provide copies of warranties in submittal and in O&M manuals. All lamps of each type shall be of same manufacturer. 5. Exterior fixtures shall be provided with factory applied custom color as selected by Architect. Architect, upon request by Contractor, will furnish color information. 3. EXECUTION A. LIGHTING FIXTURES: 1. Install fixtures as indicated on Drawings, including lamps, hangers, frames, supports, etc., complete and ready for operation. a. Poles for pole mounted fixtures shall be installed plumb. b. Fixtures, lamps, trim, and diffusers shall be clean at final acceptance. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect March 13, 2014

73 EXCAVATING, GRADING & SITE PREPARATION Section Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation and Grading for Concrete Work. B. Excavation and Grading for Asphalt Concrete Paving. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00700: General Conditions. B. Section : Quality Assurance. C. Section : Asphalt Concrete Paving. D. Section : Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. ASTM D Moisture-Density Relations of Soils using 10 lb. (4.5 kg) Rammer and 18 in. (457-mm) Drop. A. Perform all necessary compaction and soils preparation to obtain suitable subgrade as required by Testing Lab. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Existing conditions: Contractor to record existing conditions of adjacent areas prior to commencing work and report any discrepancies or conflicts with contract work. B. Prior to commencement of any excavations, contract Underground Service Alert (USA). C. Contractor to locate all existing utilities and provide protection as required. D. Maintain benchmarks, monuments and survey control references. E. Protection of Persons and Property: 1. Provide dust control during all grading operations. 2. Protect all existing facilities to remain. 3. Protect Occupants from area of work by providing barricades. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

74 Page 2 SECTION EXCAVATING, GRADING & SITE PREPARA 4. Protect graded areas from erosion and water damage. F. Topographic Survey: A topographic survey of existing site conditions has been prepared by Warren Land Surveying, Inc. on February 28 th, 2014, project Number A copy of that information has been included for, for reference only, within the contract documents. G. Geotechnical Engineering Report: A Site Specific Geotechnical Report was prepared by Youngdahl Consulting Group, on March 14 th, 2014, Project No. E , and is available upon request. 1.6 SEASONAL LIMITS A. Fill material shall not be placed, spread or roll during unfavorable weather conditions. When work is interrupted by heavy rains, fill operations shall not be resumed until field test indicate that the moisture contents of the subgrade and fill materials are satisfactory. 1.7 PROTECTION A. Adequate protection measures shall be provided to protect workmen and passersby the site. Streets and adjacent property shall be fully protected throughout the operations. B. In accordance with generally accepted construction practices, the Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for working conditions at the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and shall not be limited to normal working hours. C. Any construction review of the Contractor s performance conducted by the Geotechnical Engineer is not intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor s safety measures, in, on or near the construction site. D. Adjacent streets, sidewalks and properties shall be kept free of mud, dirt or similar nuisances resulting from earthwork operations. E. Surface drainage provisions shall be made during the period of construction in a manner to avoid creating a nuisance to adjacent areas. F. The site and adjacent influenced areas shall be watered as required to suppress dust nuisance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Imported Fill Materials Imported fill materials for general use in pavement areas shall be approved by the Geotechnical Engineer; shall be similar to the native low plasticity clay soils; shall be free of organic matter and; and, shall be of three-inch (3 ) maximum particle. size, with less New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

75 Page 3 SECTION EXCAVATING, GRADING & SITE PREPARA than five percent of the material being greater than one-inch (1 ) in size. Select imported soils for use in the upper twelve inches (12 ) beneath exterior flatwork shall be comprised of approved granular compactable soils, or shall be lime-stabilized soils. Soils Engineer shall review and approve all imported materials before they are transported to the site. B. Water Water for use in subgrade stabilization shall be clean and potable and shall be added during mixing, remixing and compaction operations, and during the curing period to keep the cured material moist until covered. C. Other Products Aggregate base, asphalt concrete and related asphalt seal coats, tack coat, etc., shall comply with the appropriate provisions of the State of California (Caltrans) Standard Specifications, latest edition and as outlined in their related specifications within this project manual. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LAYOUT A. All Staking and Layout Work required for work included under this section shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. He shall establish any and all reference points, lay out his work, and be responsible for all lines, elevations, measurements and other grading operations. 1. Layout and Preparation: Prior to the beginning of any grading, excavation or trenching operations, layout all work, establish grades, locate existing underground utilities, set necessary markers and stakes, set up necessary barricades and protection facilities as outlined under Division 1, and be responsible for their correctness and adequacy. 3.2 ON SITE UTILITY VERIFICATION AND REPAIR PROCEDURES A. Ground-breaking requirements: 1. All underground work performed by a Contractor must be authorized by the Owner prior to start of construction. 2. The Contractor is to obtain and keep the original School s construction utility site plans on site during all excavation operations. Contractor can contact the Owner to procure the drawings. B. Underground Utility Locating: 1. The contractor shall hire an Underground Utility Locating service to locate existing underground utility pathways in areas effected by the scope of work for excavation. 2. Contractor must use an underground utility locator service with a minimum of 3 years experience. The equipment operator must have demonstrated experience. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

76 Page 4 SECTION EXCAVATING, GRADING & SITE PREPARA Contact Norcal Underground Locating (800/ ) or Precision Locating (800/ ). 3. The Underground utility Locator Service must have the use of equipment with the ability to locate by means of inductive clamping, induction, inductive metal detection, conductive coupling, or TransOnde (Radiodetection) to generate signals, passive locating (free scoping) for hot electric, and metal detector. 4. The Underground Utility Locator Service must be able to locate existing utilities at a depth of at least 72 at any location within the limits of work. 5. The Underground Utility Locator Service must be able to locate but are not limited to locating the following types of utility pathways: a. All conduit pathways containing 100 volt or great 50-60Hz electrical wire. b. All conduit pathways containing an active cable TV system. c. All conduit pathways containing wire or conductor in which a signal can be attached and generated without damaging or triggering the existing systems. d. All empty conduit pathways or pipe in which a signal probe or sonde (miniature transmitter) can be inserted. e. All conduit pathways containing non-conductive cables or wires in which a signal probe or sonde (miniature transmitter) can be inserted. f. All plastic and other nonconductive water lines in which a TransOnde (Radiodection) or other transmitter can be applied to create a low frequency pressure waive (signal) without damaging or triggering the existing systems. 6. All marking made by the Underground Utility Locator Service or other shall be clear and visible. 7. The contractor shall maintain all markings made by Underground Utility Locator Service or other throughout the entire length of the project. 8. The Underground Utility Locator Service shall provide the contractor with two sets of maps showing the location of utilities and average depth. They will be referenced to permanent buildings. Contractor will deliver one copy to the district (Plan Room) at no additional charge. 9. Contractor is responsible to contact Underground Service Alert (U.S.A. 800/ ) and receive clearance prior to any excavation operations. 10. Contractor shall inform the Owner no later than five (5) days prior to the date scheduled for the utility locator service to be on site. C. Damage to existing utilities procedures: 1. Contractor shall locate all utility shut off valves prior to excavation operations. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

77 Page 5 SECTION EXCAVATING, GRADING & SITE PREPARA 3.3 SITE PREPARATION 2. Contractor will be responsible for any damage to existing, located, utilities. 3. Contractor will be responsible for any damage to existing utilities plus or minus five (5 ) feet in either direction of the located utilities and utilities as shown on the original School s construction utility site plans. 4. Contractor will not be responsible for damage to any existing utility that was not located by the utility locator service or utilities not shown on the original School s construction utility site plans. 5. Contractor is to notify the Owner immediately when a utility is broken. 6. All damaged electrical power or low voltage utilities shall be replaced. Splicing of damaged electrical power or low voltage utilities is not allowed. 7. Contractor shall provide test-results for all replaced electrical power or low voltage utilities indicating that the system has been restored to proper working order. 8. All repairs of broken utilities are the responsibility of the contractor. 9. The contractor shall contact the Owner who will contact the appropriate District department prior to contractor back-filling the trench. Each District department will verify system repair before trench is to be back filled. 10. Contractor is responsible for maintaining all utility markings made by the utility locator service, District, or others from time of first marking to the end of the project. The contractor is required to provide marked as-built drawings to the Owner from the utility locator service of all utilities encountered within plush or minus five (5 ) feet in either direction of the area of the excavation. A. General: Clear and prepare the site for new paving, walkways, ramps to the limits indicated on the drawings. 1. All debris and materials from the cleaning operations shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site. B. Site Clearing: All existing, rubbish, loose and/or saturated materials, shall be removed and disposed of so as to leave areas that have been disturbed with a neat and finished appearance, free from unsightly debris. 3.4 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND PREPARING FOR PAVEMENT AREAS. C. All rubble and rubbish; irrigation pipes and underground utilities to be removed; associated trench backfill; and, other items encountered during site work and deemed unacceptable by the Site Geotechnical Engineer, shall be removed and disposed of so as to leave the disturbed areas with a neat and finished appearance, free from unsightly debris. Excavations and depressions resulting from the removal of such items, as well as existing excavations and loose soil deposits, as determined by the Site Geotechnical Engineer, shall be cleaned out to firm, undisturbed soil and backfilled with suitable materials in accordance with these specifications. D. The surfaces receiving fill shall be stripped of vegetation. Stripping shall be 3 in depth. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

78 Page 6 SECTION EXCAVATING, GRADING & SITE PREPARA Strippings shall be removed from the construction area. E. All loose fill soils and/or saturated materials shall be over-excavated to firm soil, as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer, and the resulting excavations shall be backfilled with suitable materials in accordance with these specifications; or, where saturated surface soils are located over native undisturbed soils, the subgrades may be stabilized with high-calcium or dolomitic quicklime to depths and with compactive effort meeting the satisfaction of the Geotechnical Engineer. F. Pavement subgrades or surfaces upon which fill is to be placed shall be plowed or scarified to a depth of at least six inches (8 ), until the surface is free from ruts, hummocks or other uneven features which would tend to prevent uniform compaction by the selected equipment. H. When the moisture content of the subgrade is less than the optimum moisture content, as defined by the ASTM Dl 557 Compaction Test, water shall be added until the proper moisture content is achieved. I. When the moisture content of the subgrade is too high to permit the specified compaction to be achieved, the subgrade shall be aerated by blading or other methods until the moisture content is satisfactory for compaction. J. After the foundations for fill have been cleared, moisture conditioned, and plowed or scarified, they shall be recompacted in place to a depth of at least six inches (8 ) to a minimum of ninety percent (90%) of the ASTM D1557 maximum dry density, if these soils will not be lime-stabilized. K. The pavement areas shall be defined as extending at least two feet (2 ) beyond the edges of pavement, including adjacent exterior flatwork. 3.5 CONSTRUCTION OF UNTREATED FILLS A. Soil fill material, if required, shall be placed in layers which, when compacted, do not exceed six inches (8 ) in thickness. Each layer shall be spread evenly and shall be thoroughly mixed during the spreading to promote uniformity of material in each layer. B. When the moisture content of fill material is less than the optimum moisture content, as defined by the ASTM Dl 557 Compaction Test, water shall be added until the proper moisture content is achieved. C. When the moisture content of the fill material is too high to permit the specified degree of compaction to be achieved, the fill material shall be aerated by blading or other methods until the moisture content is satisfactory. D. After each layer has been placed, mixed and spread evenly, it shall be thoroughly compacted to not less than ninety percent (90%) of maximum dry density as determined by the ASTM D1557 Compaction Test. Fills for sub-grades for asphalt paving sections shall have the final 8 to sub-grade compacted to ninety five percent (95%) compaction. Compaction shall be undertaken with equipment capable of achieving the specified density and shall be accomplished while the fill material is at the required moisture content. Each layer shall be compacted over its entire area until the desired density has been obtained. E. The fill operations shall be continued until the fills have been brought to the slopes and New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

79 Page 7 SECTION grades shown on the accepted Drawings. EXCAVATING, GRADING & SITE PREPARA 3.7 TESTING AND OBSERVATION A. All grading operations, including stripping, rough and fine grading, and final subgrade preparation, shall be tested and observed by the Geotechnical Engineer, serving as the representative of the Owner. B. Field density tests shall be made by the Geotechnical Engineer after compaction of each layer of fill. Additional layers of fill shall not be spread until the field density tests indicate that the minimum specified density has been obtained. C. Earthwork shall not be performed without the notification or approval of the Geotechnical Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Geotechnical Engineer at least two (2) working days prior to commencement of any aspect of the site earthwork. D. If the Contractor should fail to meet the technical or design requirements embodied in this document and on the applicable plans, he shall make the necessary readjustments until all work is deemed satisfactory, as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer and the Architect/Engineer. No deviations from the specifications shall be made except upon written approval of the Geotechnical Engineer or Architect/Engineer. * End Section * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

80 MINOR DEMOLITION Section Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Clearing of plant life and grass, surface rocks and debris. B. Removal of minor existing construction within Project area, as indicated on Drawings and as necessary to accomplish the Work, including: 1. Paving. 2. Utilities services, including capping and identification. C. Grubbing of root systems of trees and shrubs, abandoned utility lines and structures and other below grade obstructions. D. Handling and disposal of debris. E. Dewatering of excavations as necessary to control surface and sub-surface water RELATED DOCUMENTS AND SECTIONS A. Section Temporary Facilities and Controls: Protective measures, including barriers and barricades. B. Section Excavating, Grading and Site Preparation: Excavations for footings and foundations/pads; building perimeter and site structure backfilling, to subgrade elevations; filling and backfilling to attain indicated grades, including fill under paving and fill under slabs-on-grade; consolidation and compaction; fill for over-excavation. C. Division 16 - Electrical: Demolition of electrical components REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable Codes, ordinances and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including requirements for noise, dust and run-off control, and disposal of debris. B. Utility Agency Requirements: Coordinate clearing Work with applicable utility agencies and companies MATERIALS Not applicable to this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

81 SECTION Page 2 MINOR DEMOLITION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identification of Existing Conditions: Contractor shall take precautionary measures as necessary to protect all existing utilities, structures, landscaping and other improvements to remain where Work is performed. 1. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum. 2. The Drawings do not purport to show all below-grade conditions and objects on the site. 3. Identify above- and below-grade utilities. Identify utilities in and adjacent to Work area. Contact Underground Service Alert (USA) ("Dig Alert") at 800/ , to locate and mark existing underground utility lines. Notify USA at least 48 hours in advance of performing Work near underground utilities. a. The Drawings do not purport to show all below-grade conditions and objects in the Project area. b. Notify applicable utility companies to terminate, remove and relocate utilities as necessary. c. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining in Work area. d. Mark paving and install stakes and flags in unpaved locations to indicate presence and characteristics of existing utilities. 4. Should unidentified utilities and other below-grade conditions be encountered which adversely affect the Work, discontinue affected Work and notify Owner for direction. Unforeseeable conditions will be resolved in accordance with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract. 5. Should a utility line or structure be damaged, immediately notify the responsible utility company or agency and notify Owner and Architect. a. Repair or replace all damaged utility lines and structures as directed by the responsible utility company or agency. b. Repair or replacement of damaged utility lines and structures whose location or existence has been made known to the Contractor shall be at no change in Contract Time and Contract Price. c. Encounters with unidentified and unforeseeable utility lines and structures shall be governed by provisions of the Conditions of the Contract. B. Protection: Protect streets, roads, sidewalks, drainage channels, adjacent property, designated trees, and other existing improvements to remain. Refer to general requirements specified in Section Temporary Facilities and Controls. 1. Erect and maintain temporary barriers and take other protective measures to prevent spread of debris, to provide for continued use of adjacent properties and to protect existing construction which is not indicated to be altered. 2. Review location and type of construction of temporary barriers with Owner. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

82 SECTION Page 3 MINOR DEMOLITION 3. Barriers shall control dust, debris and provide protection for persons occupying and using adjacent facilities. 4. Maintain protected egress and access at all times, in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction MINOR DEMOLITION A. Minor Demolition of Site Elements: 1. Use techniques acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and which will achieve intended results and provide protection of surrounding features to remain. 2. Some items may have been demolished prior to Work of this Contract. Verify existing conditions prior to start of demolition. If items have been demolished contact the Architect. 3. Some items may require postponement of demolition until late in Contract Time period. 4. Phase demolition as necessary to provide adequate interfacing of related Work. 5. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Protect existing foundations, retaining walls, utility structures, other structures and finish materials to remain. B. Utilities Demolition: 1. Disconnect, remove, and cap designated utility services within demolition areas. 2. Mark location of disconnected utilities. Identify and indicate capping locations on project record drawings. 3. Coordinate cutting and capping sequences and procedures with serving utility and those affected by such activities. Remove utilities in a manner to minimize disturbance of portions to remain. C. Cutting and Patching: Refer to requirements specified in Section Asphalt Concrete CLEARING A. Clearing, General: 1. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work. 2. Strip piles of soil, paving base and paving debris. Remove unacceptable materials from site and legally dispose. Contractor shall examine existing site conditions prior to bidding and consult with Owner to establish scope of soil and paving debris removal. B. Blasting: Use of explosives is not permitted. C. Vegetation Clearing: Clear only vegetation indicated to be removed. 1. Cut off trunks of trees and shrubs flush with ground or pull out with roots attached. 2. In areas to be grubbed, totally remove root systems during grubbing operation. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

83 SECTION Page 4 MINOR DEMOLITION 3. Outside areas to be grubbed, excavate and remove root systems or apply an herbicide which will not injure new plant materials, as approved by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Pruning of Trees and Shrubs to Remain: 1. Prune away all dead and broken branches. 2. Trim tree branches to heights and widths as indicated or directed for construction clearance and landscape shaping. 3. Consult with Owner to confirm allowable extent of pruning to preserve vegetation. 4. Cover temporarily exposed roots with wet burlap and backfill as soon as possible. 5. Coat cut plant surfaces with approved emulsified asphalt plant coating (wound paint). E. Maintenance of Landscaping to Remain: Irrigate existing landscape plant materials as necessary to maintain health. F. Removal of Existing Construction and Site Features: Remove all fencing, light standards, power poles and other above-grade existing construction within Work area which are not indicated to remain GRUBBING 1. Salvage products for disposition as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Completely remove all improvements and other debris, except for those items indicated to remain. 3. Remove below grade improvements at least 12-inches below finish grade and to the extent necessary to not interfere with new construction. A. Extent of Grubbing: Grubbing shall be performed over entire Work area beneath new construction, paving, surfacing and landscaping and at other such locations where indicated. B. Depth of Grubbing: Grubbing shall extend down from original soil surface a minimum of 18-inches, or 18-inches below bottom of footing or slab on grade, whichever is deepest. C. Roots, Brush, Grass, Weeds and Other Organic Matter: Completely remove all such matter, including tree and shrub roots which may extend below specified grubbing depth and which may extend beyond grubbing limits. D. Inorganic and Metallic Debris: 1. Completely remove all rock, boulders and cobbles greater than 6-inches in any dimension to the minimum grubbing depth. 2. Completely remove all buried organic and metallic debris, and abandoned pipes and buried utility structures, including portions which may extend below minimum grubbing depths and limits. 3. Conditions which are not reflected in information provided to Contractor by Owner, such as geotechnical data, or which are unusual for the geographic area, shall be governed by the provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract for changed conditions. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

84 SECTION Page 5 MINOR DEMOLITION 3.05 DAMAGED VEGETATION A. Damaged Vegetation: 1. Neatly prune damaged branches and severed roots. 2. Apply wound paint to above-ground cuts and abrasions. 3. If trees and shrubs indicated to remain are damaged excessively, as determined by Architect or authorities having jurisdiction, remove and replace damaged plants with comparable plants PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING DEMOLITION A. Cutting: Make a saw cut at edges of existing concrete to be removed, where portions of existing concrete are indicated to remain. B. Cutting Method: Cut at first joint line or marking line adjacent to area to be removed. Cut with abrasive type, water-cooled saw to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches. Cut lines straight and square to face of concrete. C. Removal: Break concrete and remove debris. Exercise care at cut lines to preserve straight cut. D. Disposal: Remove concrete debris from the site UTILITY LINES, POSTS AND STRUCTURES A. Work by Utility: Posts, conductors, guy wires, boxes, structures and equipment shown to be cleared or removed by the responsible utility company or agency shall be considered work under a separate contract. B. Coordination: Contractor shall arrange, schedule and coordinate work by utility companies and agencies C. Payment: Costs, if any, imposed by utility companies and agencies shall be included in the Contract Sum DISPOSAL A. Debris Disposal: Dispose of all cleared and grubbed materials in a legal manner off site. B. Hazardous Materials: 1. Immediately notify the Owner should hazardous materials or suspected hazardous materials be encountered. 2. Dispose of such materials in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Unforeseen conditions will be resolved in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract. C. Saleable Materials: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, all felled trees from which merchantable lumber or firewood can be produced shall become the property of the Contractor. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

85 SECTION Page 6 MINOR DEMOLITION 2. Unless otherwise indicated, all metallic debris of salvageable value shall become the property of the Contractor. 3. The Contractor shall remove all saleable materials from the site in a timely manner. 4. Sale of salvaged and merchantable materials shall not be done on site. D. Burial and Burning: Debris shall not be buried or burned on site NOISE CONTROL A. Noise Control: Comply with applicable noise control regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including time of day restrictions and muffler requirements on equipment DUST AND RUN-OFF CONTROL A. Dust and Runoff Control, General: Refer to requirements of Section Temporary Facilities and Controls and Erosion Control Plan in the Drawings. 1. Promptly, remove waste materials and unacceptable topsoil from site and dispose of materials in a legal manner. 2. Minimize dust during clearing and grubbing to protect adjoining property and vehicles parked in the vicinity. 3. Control windblown dust. 4. Prevent erosion and siltation of streets, catch basins and piping. 5. Prevent accumulation of soil and debris on public thoroughfares from construction activities. B. Clean-up: Keep public thoroughfares clear of soiling, siltation, dust and debris by periodic sweeping and washing down, at least daily at the end of working hours. C. Surface Run-off Water Control: 1. Minimize flow of ground water from adjacent areas into Work areas. 2. Do not restrict flow from adjacent properties such that natural flow is hindered. D. Dewatering: Dewater site in localized areas as Work progresses. 1. Provide an adequate system to lower and control groundwater in order to permit excavation, construction of structures, and placement of fill materials under dry conditions. 2. Install sufficient dewatering equipment to pre-drain waterbearing strata above and below bottom of structure foundations, drains, sewers, and other excavations. 3. Maintain excavations free of standing water. 4. Provide dewatering 24 hours per day in advance of placement of concrete. 5. Allow no concrete to be placed in standing water. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

86 SECTION Page 7 MINOR DEMOLITION 6. Ensure that trenching and excavations do not cave in due to water. E. Water Disposal: 1. Dispose of run-off by legal means and as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Dispose of water removed from excavations in a manner to avoid endangering public health, property, and portions of Work under construction or completed. 3. Dispose of water in a manner to avoid disruptions to adjacent sites. Dispose of water in a manner to avoid soiling of public thoroughfares and passing vehicles. 4. Provide sumps, sedimentation tanks, and other flow control devices as required by authorities having jurisdiction SALVAGED MATERIALS A. Ownership: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials demolished and removed shall become property of Contractor. B. Disposal of Materials: Contractor shall haul and dispose of all demolished and removed materials to offsite disposal sites in any legal manner. 1. Except where noted otherwise, immediately remove demolished materials from site. 2. Promptly remove from the site and properly dispose of all contaminated, vermin infested, or dangerous materials encountered. 3. Do not burn or bury materials on site. C. Salvage: 1. Contractor shall take care when removing salvageable material to avoid damaging the material itself and the adjacent or adjoining structures that are to remain. 2. Items of salvageable value to the Contractor shall be removed from the site by the Contractor as the Work progresses and transported from the site as they are removed. Storage or sale of salvaged items on the site by the Contractor will not be permitted. * END OF SECTION * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

87 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING Section Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description of requirements for materials and installation of new and repair of asphalt concrete paving and related work as shown on Drawings and necessary to complete the work RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00700: General Conditions. B. Section : Quality Assurance. C. Section : Excavation, Grading and Site Preparation QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Asphalt Concrete Producer: Use only materials which are furnished by bulk asphalt concrete producers regularly engaged in production of hot-mix, hot-laid asphalt concrete. B. Applicator Qualification: Company specializing in the application of asphalt concrete paving with two (2) years documented experience. C. Reference and Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. State of California, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation (CSS) - "Standard Specifications", (latest Ed.). 3. Redwood Inspection Service (RIS) - "Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber", with Supplements No. 1 and No. 2. D. Design Criteria: Asphalt concrete paving shall show no evidence of cracking, uneven settlement or improper drainage. Correct work displaying such conditions under the Contractor's warranty of all work. E. Allowable Tolerances: Finish surface shall be true to established elevations within 1/4-inch in ten feet as measured from a 10 foot straight edge in any direction SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section B. Product data: Submit product data for all materials intended for use and certification of compliance with standards specified. C. Soil Sterilizer: Upon completion of application of soil sterilizer applicator shall furnish the following New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

88 SECTION Page 2 Asphalt Concrete Paving information to Owner: Project name, applicator's name and license number, chemicals and mixture used, area treated (sq. feet) and date of application ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not lay base coarse on muddy subgrade during wet weather or when atmosphere temperature is below 40 degrees F. B. Do not apply asphalt concrete surfacing on wet base during wet weather or when atmospheric temperature is below 50 degrees F PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Cover loads of asphalt concrete with tarpaulin during transport to site. B. Deliver, store, and handle packaged products in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of installation. C. Store delivered products in clean, safe, dry area MATERIALS PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Soil sterilizer shall be CIBA GEIGY's Pramatol 25-E or Treflan EC. 1. Soil sterilizer shall be applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Aggregate Base: Class 2 aggregate base conforming to CSS Section 26. C. Asphalt Binders: Steam-refined paving asphalt conforming to CSS Section 92, viscosity grade PG D. Paint Binders: Conform to requirements of CSS Section 94. E. Asphalt concrete: conform to requirements of CSS Section 39 for Type B asphalt with 1/2 inch maximum medium aggregate size using PG 6410 asphalt for binder. F. Seal Coat: shall be a pre-mixed asphalt emulsion blended with select fillers and fibers such as: 1. "Park-Top No. 302", Western Colloid Products. 2. "Overcoat", Reed and Graham. 3. "Drivewalk", Conoco Oil. G. Headerboards: 2x6 Foundation Grade Redwood. 1. Use 1/2 inch thick boards where required for bending. H. Wheelstops: Precast concrete 2,500 psi at 28 days, smooth finish concrete parking bumper as manufactured by Valley Precast or approved equal. Length 4-0 unless otherwise indicated. Height New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

89 SECTION Page 3 Asphalt Concrete Paving 2.03 MIXING of parking blocks shall be 5 or height parking blocks will be rejected. A. Mix surface course aggregate and asphalt binder in central mixing plant in accordance with CSS Section 39 by either batch mixing or continuous mixing to produce uniform distribution of binder. B. Plant shall be equipped with accurately calibrated devices 320 degrees Fahrenheit for control of temperature and weight of both ingredients. C. Ensure temperature of asphalt concrete does not exceed 320 degrees Fahrenheit at anytime and is not less than 250 degrees Fahrenheit at time of application PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT A. Approved Manufacturers: Sherwin-Williams Set Fast Vinyl Acrylic TM-286/287/229, ICI Latex Traffic Paint, Dunn-Edwards Corp. Traffic Paint W-801 or approved equal. B. Colors: 1. Stripping and Lettering: White. 2. Limited Parking: Green. 3. Disabled Access: Blue. Blue paint shall match Color No of Federal Standard 595A. 4. Caution and Bus Loading: Yellow. 5. Fire Lane: Red lines, white plain font letters. 6. Black Out Stripping: Black INSPECTION PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Examine areas to receive asphalt concrete and verify following: 1. That related work such as concrete work, headers, etc. have been set at proper elevations or that conditions will permit adjustment to proper elevations. 2. Absence of wet receiving surfaces or other conditions to adversely affect execution of this work. B. Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected PREPARATION A. Subgrade: 1. Verify areas have proper compaction and Testing Lab has accepted prior to placement of asphalt. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

90 SECTION Page 4 Asphalt Concrete Paving 2. Ensure areas are true to line and grade, dry, properly prepared and free from loose or foreign material. B. Do not proceed until subgrade has been inspected and approved by Architect. C. Notify Architect 48 hours in advance of performing paving work. D. Sawcut existing paving in straight lines to provide uniform joints at transitions APPLICATION A. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and grades including the crown and cross slope for each course during all application operations. B. Aggregate Base: Spread and compact in accordance with CSS Section 26, to thickness, lines and grades noted. C. Soil sterilizer shall be applied only to areas indicated to receive paving. Apply over aggregate base after base has been compacted. Do not spread sterilizer beyond areas to receive paving. Soil sterilizer shall be applied by a professional applicator holding a valid State Agricultural Pest Control license. D. Asphalt Binder: Steam-refined paving asphalt conforming to State Specifications, Section 92, viscosity grade PG E. Asphalt concrete: 1. Spread and compact in accordance with CSS Section 39-5, to thickness noted using minimum eight-ton self-propelled rollers. 2. Provide smooth side and water-resistant surfaces, true within tolerances specified, and free of bird baths. 3. Bring asphalt concrete to edges of concrete paving or walks, adjacent paving, and header boards; do not overlay these items. 4. Roll Surfaces longitudinally; cross-rolling will be required where space permits. F. Header Boards: Install redwood header boards as edging for asphalt concrete paving where shown on the drawings. Install header boards true to line and grade, securely anchored in place. Use three (3) 1/2" thick boards where required at curves. Anchors shall be 2" x 3" x 24" long redwood stakes spaced a maximum of 4'-0" o.c. and shall not be visible upon completion of paving PAVEMENT SEALER (Seal Coat) A. Seal coat emulsion shall not be applied to newly constructed asphalt concrete surfaces until 30 days after spreading and compacting of the new asphalt concrete. B. Surface Preparation: surface shall be clean of all dirt, sand, oil or grease. Broom, blow or hose down entire area with a strong jet of water to remove all debris. 1. Remove soft, loose, or otherwise damaged areas of asphalt concrete to full depth of damage and replace with compacted asphalt concrete as specified herein. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

91 SECTION Page 5 Asphalt Concrete Paving a. Minor holes and imperfections may be patched using hot mix asphalt or mastic using sand/ss-1-h. 2. Use wire brush for removal of oil and grease; prime with shellac or synthetic resin as recommended by manufacturer of pavement sealer material. 3. Surfaces that have weathered excessively or are dusted shall be primed with a solution of 1 to 4 parts cool, clean water and 1 part of SS-1-H. Apply at the rate of 1 gallon per sq. yd. and allow to dry. If in doubt a test patch shall be tried. C. Seal Coat Application: Thoroughly mix materials and apply in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. A minimum of 2 applications will be required; utilizing 30 gallons of material per 1000 sq. feet. D. Clean-Up and Precautions: As recommended by pavement sealer material manufacturer PAVING MARKINGS A. Painted pavement markings shall be done only after the seal coat has thoroughly dried. B. Clean surfaces to be painted with traffic paint of dust, dirt, grime, oil, rust or other contaminants which will impair the quality of work or interfere with proper bond of paint coats. Surfaces shall be cleaned to the extend and by whatever means that will satisfactorily accomplish the purpose without damage to asphalt concrete. C. Provide measured layouts, temporary markings, templates, and other means necessary to provide required marking. D. Prepare and apply paint in accordance with manufacturer s instructions; paint shall be applied by spray and shall achieve complete coverage free from voids and thin spots. E. Where indicated on the Drawings, paint parking stall strips, lettering, arrows, handicapped symbols, playfield markings, etc. on asphalt concrete paving. Paint strips shall be 3 inches wide (except otherwise indicated) and applied with two (2) coats of herein specified Traffic Line Paint; white (except as otherwise specified or indicated). 1. International Handicapped Symbol: Symbol shall be white figures on a blue background. Blue shall be equal to color No in Fed. Std. 595a. F. Lines and symbols shall be accurately formed and true to line and form; lines shall be straight and uniform in width. G. Painted edges shall be clean cut and free from raggedness, and corners shall be cut sharp and square. H. Tolerances: Apply striping within a tolerance of 1/2 inch in 50 feet. Apply markings and striping to widths indicated with a tolerance of 1/4 inch on straight sections and 1/2 inch on curved sections PAVING PATCHING AND REPAIR A. Paving Patching and Repair: All paving that is damaged due to trenching, etc., or that is damaged due to construction under this Contract, shall be repaired and/or replaced hereunder as determined New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

92 SECTION Page 6 Asphalt Concrete Paving 3.07 TESTING by Architect with new paving and base. All work shall be in accordance with the applicable material and application requirements specified herein. 1. Saw cut existing asphalt concrete paving at all areas indicated or required for new construction work and at edges of paving to be replaced and remove debris from the site. Excavation work and removal of material and backfill below bottom of base shall be the responsibility of the trade involved in the work. A. Complete surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted smooth, true to grade and cross section, free from ruts, humps, depressions or irregularities. After the surfacing has been placed the entire area shall be tested for proper drainage by applying water in sufficient amount to cover the surface. If any portion fails to drain properly, the condition shall be corrected by patching with asphalt concrete until correction of improper drainage is completed PROTECTION 1. No ponding water is acceptable on new paving or adjacent areas caused by new work. A. After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on asphalt concrete pavement until it has cooled and hardened, and in no case sooner than six (6) hours. 1. Provide barricades and warning devices as required to protect pavement. * END OF SECTION * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

93 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING SECTION Page SECTION INCLUDES PART 1 - GENERAL A. The Section describes the requirements for providing portland cement concrete paving, including accessibility ramps, sidewalks, drinking fountain footings, electrical/mechanical equipment pads, and for other non-structural applications. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00700: General Conditions. B. Section : Excavation, Grading and Site Preparation 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: Furnish for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, joint systems, curing compounds, and other materials requested by the Architect. B. Design Mixes: Furnish for each class of concrete. C. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit evaluation of concrete materials and mix design tests. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Concrete Standards: Comply with provisions of the following standards except where more stringent requirements are specified: 1. ACI 211.1, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal Weight, Heavy Weight and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 304R, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 4. ACI 305R, Hot Weather Concreting. 5. ACI 306R, Cold Weather Concreting. 6. ACI 309R, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. 7. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 8. CRSI, Manual of Standard Practice. B. Concrete Manufacturer: Complying with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

94 Page 2 SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRE C. Concrete Testing Service: Engage an independent testing agency to perform materials evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for construction activities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Forms: Steel, wood, or other suitable materials of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain alignment until removal. 1. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects. 2. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. 3. Coat with a non-staining form release agent that will not discolor or deface concrete. B. Concrete Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing Bars and Tie Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed. 3. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 4. Supports and Reinforcement: Chair, spacers, dowel bar supports and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars., and dowels in place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications. C. Concrete: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Type F. 3. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33, Class 4, and as follows. Provide aggregates from a single source. a. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch. b. Do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

95 Page 3 SECTION PORTLAND D. Water: Potable. E. Admixtures: c. Local aggregate not complying with ASTM C33 that have been shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability may be used when acceptable to the Architect. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A. 2. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type F or G. 3. Water-Reducing and accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494, Type E. 4. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type D. F. Curing Materials: 1. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf. 2. Moisture-Retaining Cover: Waterproof paper of polyethylene film. 3. Clear Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type I, Class B. 4. Evaporation Control: Monomolecular film-forming compound applied to exposed concrete slab surfaces for temporary protection from rapid moisture loss. G. Related Materials: 1. Bonding Agent: Acrylic or styrene butadiene. 2. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C881, two-component material suitable for dry or damp surfaces. Provide material, type, grade, and class to suit requirements. 3. Expansion Joint Sealant: See specification section Joint Sealants. 4. Truncated Domes: Vitrified Polymer Composite (VPC), Cast-In-Place Detectable/Tactile Warning Surface Tiles. Tiles shall be an epoxy polymer composition with an ultra violet stabilized coating employing aluminum oxide particles in the truncated domes. Color shall be as noted by manufacturer below. A 12 x12 sample shall be approved by Architect when alternate manufacturer used. The tile shall incorporate an in-line pattern measuring nominal 0.2 in height, 0.9 base diameter, and 0.45 top diameter, spaced at 2.35 on-center in grid dimension both ways. The field area and tops of domes shall consist of a non-slip surface with a minimum of raised points high, per square inch. Tiles shall comply with Americans with Disabilities Act and the California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 11B. Acceptable Manufacturers/Products: 1. Access-Tile Tactile Systems, Cast-in-place System or Replaceable Cast-in-place system, Access Products Inc., 241 Main Street, Suite 100 New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

96 Page 4 SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRE Buffalo, NY , Phone: (888) , Fax: (877) , a. (2.35 Spacing Models only) b. color: Federal Yellow 2. ADA Solutions, Cast-in-place or Wet-Set Replaceable system by ADA- Solutions, Inc., P.O. Box 3, North Billerica, MA 01862, Phone: (800) , Fax: (978) , a. (2.35 Spacing Models only) b. color: Federal Yellow 3. Armor Tile Tactile Systems, Replaceable Cast-in-place system only (Standard cast-in-place not accepted), Engineered Plastics, Inc., 300 International Drive, Suite 100, Phone: (916) , Fax: (916) , a. (2.35 Spacing Models only) b. color: Federal Yellow 4. Other products may be submitted for review and approval. 2.2 CONCRETE MIX A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trail batch method, use a qualified independent Testing Agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. B. Proportion mixes according to ACI and ACI 301 to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength at 28 Days: 3,000 psi. min. - Sidewalks & other pedestrian (non-vehicular) slabs, curbs, mow strips, fence aprons 4,000 psi. min - Vehicular Concrete Slabs & Vehicular Flush Curbs (driven over). 2. Maximum Water-Cement Ratio at Point of Placement: Slump Limit at Point of Placement: 4-inches Fly Ash; Fly Ash can be added to the mix providing it does not exceed 15% by weight of the total cementitious material. 5. Air: 4.5% per mix design, plus or minus 0.5% C. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by the contractor when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results or circumstances warrant. 2.3 CONCRETE MIXING New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

97 Page 5 SECTION PORTLAND A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C When air temperature is between 85-deg. F. and 90-deg. F., reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75-minutes. When air temperature is above 90- deg. F., reduce mixing and delivery time to 60-minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Proof-roll prepared subgrade surface to check for unstable areas and required additional compaction. B. Remove loose material from compacted subgrade immediately before placing concrete. C. Do not begin paving work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 FORM CONSTRUCTION A. Set forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. 3.3 REINFORCEMENT 3.4 JOINTS 1. Install sufficient quantity to allow continuous progress of work. 2. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances: a. Top of forms not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. b. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 3. Clean forms after each use, and coat with form release agent as required. A. General: Comply with CRSI recommended practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars for placing and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, or other bond-reducing materials. C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars an bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. A. General: Construct contraction, construction, and isolation joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline unless otherwise indicted. B. Joints at Existing Concrete: All joints between existing concrete and new concrete are to New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

98 Page 6 SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRE include dowels a minimum of #4 bars at 24 on center, 18 maximum from the ends, epoxy set into existing concrete a minimum of 6 in length. Align with new reinforcement. C. Contraction Joints: Provide weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 of the concrete thickness. Form in fresh concrete by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with a radiused jointer tool. These joints shall be placed to divide up new concrete paving into sections no larger than 75 sq. ft. D. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour, unless paving terminates at isolation joints. 1. Provide preformed galvanized steel or plastic keyway-section forms or bulkhead forms with keys. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 2. Continue reinforcement across construction joints. 3. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. E. Expansion Joints: Form expansion joints with preformed joint filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basin, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2 inch or more below finished surface where joint sealant is indicated. 2. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a plastic, or other temporary performed cap. 3. At the end of construction, prior to owner acceptance, caulk all expansion joints with approved caulking. See details provided in plans. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast-in. B. Remove frost from subbase and reinforcing before placing concrete. C. Moisten subgrade if required to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevations and alignment. D. Comply with requirements of ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. E. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. F. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

99 Page 7 SECTION PORTLAND G. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to consolidate concrete complying with ACI 309R. 1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement and side forms. 2. Use only square faced shovels for hand-spreading and consolidation. Carefully consolidate to avoid dislocating reinforcing, dowels and joints. H. Screed paved surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats and darbies to form a smooth surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. I. Curbs and Gutters: If automatic machine placement is used for curb and gutter placement, submit revised mix design and laboratory test results. Machine placement shall produce curbs and gutters to required cross-section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as specified for formed concrete. J. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306R. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. K. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete complying with ACI 305R when hot weather conditions exist. 3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Float Finish: Begin floating when bleed water sheen has disappeared and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats, or by hand-floating if area is small an inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to a uniform granular surface. 1. Final Finish: Provide a medium-to-fine textured broom finish by drawing a soft bristle broom across concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform fine line texture finish. B. Final Tooling: Tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints formed in fresh concrete with a jointing tool to a radius of 1/4 inch. Repeat tooling of edges and joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. 3.7 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R for cold weather protection and ACI 305R for hot weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Control: In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply in accordance with manufacturer s instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before floating. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

100 Page 8 SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRE C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing compound, or a combination. 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 day with water, a continuous water-fog spray, or absorptive cover kept continuously wet. 2. Moisture Retaining Cover: Cover concrete with moisture retaining cover with side and end laps sealed. 3. Curing Compound: Apply in accordance with manufacturer s instructions. Recoat areas subjected to rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. 4. Concrete Sealer: Apply sealer in wet fog application. Cover entire surface. Spotty applications will be rejected and contractor will be required to reapply/recoat. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. Employ a qualified independent Testing Agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. 3.9 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by Architect. B. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Prohibit traffic for at least 14 days after placement. 1. When construction traffic is permitted, remove surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. 2. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt and other foreign material prior to final inspection. * End Section * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

101 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES Section GENERAL: A. SUMMARY: Provide Chain Link Fencing, as shown and specified per Contract Documents. B. REFERENCES: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): Materials and testing standards as identified throughout this Section or within referenced manufacturers standard specifications. 2. Chain Link Fence Manufacturing Institute (CLFMI): Standards. C. SUBMITTALS: 1. General: Submit product data, shop drawings and samples. 2. Certificates: Manufacturer's certification that metal components meet standards as specified. 3. Closeout: Submit maintenance data and guarantee in required form for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance by Owner. D. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Installer specializing in the work of this Section with minimum one (1) years documented experience. 2. PRODUCTS: A. MATERIALS: 1. Chain Link Fencing: a. General: Galvanized Chain Link Fence manufactured by Master-Halco, Inc. b. Alternate Manufacturers: Comparable products manufactured by Southwestern Wire, Inc., or accepted equal. c. Framework: 1. General: Per ASTM F1083; pipe sizes indicated are outside diameter, unless otherwise noted. 2. Posts: a) General: ASTM A36, Schedule 40 steel pipe, standard weight; or C section roll formed of equal or greater strength. b) Line: 2.38 inch diameter. c) End and Terminal: 2.88 inch diameter. d) Gate: 4.5 inch diameter. 3. Top Rail and Braces: 1.66 inch diameter, plain end, sleeve coupled; ASTM A36, Schedule 40 pipe, or C section roll formed of equal or greater strength; provided with malleable iron fittings. 4. Diagonal Bracing: 3/8 inch diameter truss rods. 5. Gate Frame: 1.66 inch diameter, ASTM A36, Schedule 40 pipe, for fittings and truss rod fabrication. 6. Wire: a) General: Aluminum alloy steel wire. b) Tie: 9 gage. c) Tension: 7 gage. 7. Bands: 14 gage x 1 inch wide steel; chamfer or ease projecting edges. d. Fabric: 1. General: Diamond mesh interwoven wire per CS246, "Steel Chain Link Galvanized Fence Fabric"; knuckled top and bottom selvage; one piece fabric widths, 9 gage steel wire, 2 inch mesh. e. Accessories: 1. Caps: Cast steel or malleable iron, galvanized; sized to post diameter, set screw retainer. 2. Gate Hardware: a) Hinges: Malleable iron, pressed or forged steel, non-lift-off type, offset to permit 180 degree gate opening. Ball and socket hinges not acceptable. b) Latch: Malleable iron; provide padlock eye as integral part of latch. f. Finishes: 1. Galvanizing: a) General: Per ASTM A513, ASTM A385 or ASTM A123, as applicable. b) Repair Treatment: 1) Rod: Per ASTM A780. 2) Coating: Per MIL-P Vinyl Coating: a) General: Thermal fusion coated with poly-vinyl chloride coating chemically bonded to metal surface with an appropriate cured primer. Provide 10 to 15 mil thick vinyl, plasticized and compounded; no undispersed pigments, stabilizers or other discrete particles permitted. Color: Black. b) Vinyl Components: Manufacturer s standard; black. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

102 Chain Link Fences and Gates Page 2 2. Concrete: ASTM C94 Portland Cement; 28 day compressive strength of 2,500 psi; 1-1/2 inch maximum coarse aggregate. 3. EXECUTION: A. PREPARATION: 1. Environmental Requirements: Do not install posts in wet or freezing conditions. Excavations shall be dry at the time of erection. 2. Examination: Examine conditions of work in place before beginning work; report defects. 3. Measurements: Take field measurements; report variance between plan and field dimensions. B. INSTALLATION: 1. General: Install in conformance with referenced standards, manufacturer's written directions, as shown, and as specified. 2. Line Posts: Space posts 10'-0" on center with posts set in minimum 12 inch diameter holes, 36 inches deep. Set in concrete; verify vertical and top alignment. Dome top of concrete and trowel smooth. 3. Brace Assembly: a. General: Between end, gate, or corner posts to first line post; set brace equally between top rail and bottom fabric selvage. b. Truss Brace: 3/8 inch round rod extending from line post to end, gate, or corner post, where shown. Provide crossed diagonal adjustable length truss rods on non-welded gate frames and also welded gate frames where corner rigidity is insufficient to ensure no sag. 4. Fabric: Install fabric on security side of fence with about 1-1/2 inches between ground and bottom barbs. 5. Tension Wire: Install taut, with 6 gage wire at bottom of fence fabric. 6. Caps: Install per manufacturer's instructions. 7. Gates: a. General: Assemble gates per referenced standards; install plumb, level and secure, with full swing or slide without interference. Install ground set items in concrete. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. b. Hardware: 1. Hinges: Provide 1-1/2 pair hinges for each leaf over 6'-0" nominal height. 2. Latch: Permit operation from either side of gate. 8. Tie Wires: As recommended by manufacturer, attaching fabric to frame firmly with ends twisted two full turns, minimum; bend and blunt ends of all wires to prevent hazard. 9. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension band and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite fabric side; peen ends of bolts to prevent removal of nuts. 10. Galvanizing: Repair zinc coating damaged in shop or during field erection with specified repair compound. 11. Vinyl Coating: Repair damaged or abraded surfaces per manufacturer's instructions. * * * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

103 SECTION Page 1 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION PART 1 - GENERAL Construction Documents and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification sections, apply to this section DESCRIPTION A. Scope of Work: Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation required to perform and complete the installation of an automatic sprinkler irrigation system, including all piping, sprinkler heads, controls, connections, testing, etc. as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. The water source for this project is potable water. B. Utilize and accept as standards manufacturer s recommendations and/or installation details for any information not specifically detailed on the Drawings RELATED SECTIONS A. SUBMITTAL SUBSTITUTIONS: Section B. PROJECT CLOSEOUT: Section C. ELECTRICAL: Division 26. D. EXCAVATION, GRADING, AND SITE PREPARATION: Section E. LANDSCAPING: Section GUARANTEE A. Guarantee all workmanship and materials hereunder against defective workmanship and materials, including damage by leaks and settlement of irrigation trenches, for the duration specified in Division 01 of these Specifications. (The Contractor is not responsible for vandalism or theft after date of final acceptance.) 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Qualifications of Contractor: Provide proof of five years continuous experience in landscaping and irrigation of projects of similar size. B. Work Force: Ensure that an experienced foreman is present at all times during installation. Keep the same foreman and workers on the job from commencement to completion. C. Reviews: Specifically request reviews of all items listed below in Inspection Requirements prior to progressing to the next level of work. D. Certification: Ensure that the contractor installing the Central Control System is trained and certified in the installation of the Central Control System. The training and New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

104 SECTION Page 2 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION certification must have been completed within two years prior to the installation date. E. Standards: 1. Provide work and material in full accordance with the rules and regulations of the National Electric Code; the Uniform Plumbing Code; and other applicable state or local laws or regulations. 2. Furnish, without extra charge, additional material and labor required to comply with these rules and regulations, though the work may not be specifically indicated in the Specifications or Drawings. 3. Where the Specification requirements exceed those of the above-mentioned codes and regulations, comply with the requirements in the Specifications. F. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: 1. Use all means necessary to protect irrigation system materials before, during, and after installation and to protect related work and material. 2. Handle plastic pipe carefully, especially protecting it from prolonged exposure to sunlight. Store pipe on beds that are the full length of the pipe, and keep pipe flat and off the ground with blocks. G. Comply with the requirements of Section PROJECT CLOSEOUT INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Request and hold a pre-construction meeting prior to beginning the work of this Section. Parties required to be in attendance are the Landscape Contractor, Project Inspector, Owner s Representative, and the Landscape Architect. B. Prior to commencement of the work of this Section, obtain written verification from the project Civil Engineer that the rough grade in landscape areas is in conformance with Section EXCAVATION, GRADING, AND SITE PREPARATION. C. Obtain verification from Project Inspector for the following at the appropriate times during construction and prior to further progression of work in this Section: 1. Pressure testing of all mainlines and lateral lines (See Hydrostatic Tests Open Trench in Part 3.14 of this Section), 2. Trench depth, 3. Sleeves under pavement, 4. Flushing of all mainlines and lateral lines, 5. Installation of mainline thrust blocks, 6. Backfill and pipe bedding, 7. Layout of heads, New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

105 SECTION Page 3 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION 8. Operation of system and coverage adjustments (with Landscape Architect) after system is fully automated and operational, backfill of trenching is completed, and surface has been restored to original grades. D. In case of failure to obtain any verification by the Project Inspector as required above, remove and replace work as necessary to obtain the verification at no additional cost to the Owner SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Comply with requirements of Section SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS. B. Product names are used as standards; provide proof as to equality of any proposed material and do not use other materials or methods unless approved in writing by the Owner s Representative. Submit no more than one request for substitution for each item. The decision of the Owner s Representative is final. C. Use equipment capacities specified herein as the minimum acceptable standards. D. List materials in the order in which they appear in Specifications; include substitutions. Submit the list for approval by the Owner s Representative. E. Make any mechanical, electrical, or other changes required for installation of any approved, substituted equipment to satisfaction of Owner s Representative and without additional cost to Owner. Approval by Owner s Representative of substituted equipment and/or dimensional drawing does not waive these requirements. F. Do not construe approval of material as authorization for any deviations from Specifications unless attention of Owner s Representative has been directed to specified deviations PROJECT CONDITIONS, AND PROTECTION A. Information on Drawings relative to existing conditions is approximate. During progress of construction, make deviations necessary to conform to actual conditions, as approved by Owner s Representative, without additional cost to Owner. Accept responsibility for any damage caused to existing services. Promptly notify Owner s Representative if services are found which are not shown on Drawings. B. Protect existing trees-to-remain as specified in Existing Tree Protection in Part 3.02 of this Section. C. Protect existing utilities within construction area. Repair damages to utility lines that occur as a result of operations of this work. D. Verify dimensions at building site and check existing conditions before beginning work. Make changes necessary to install work in harmony with other crafts after receiving approval by Owner s Representative MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Furnish three complete sets of operating maintenance instructions bound in a hardback binder and indexed. Start compiling data upon approval of list of materials. Do not New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

106 SECTION Page 4 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION request final inspection until booklets are approved by Owner s Representative. B. Incorporate the following information in these sets: 1.09 RECORD DRAWINGS 1. Complete operating instructions for each item of irrigation equipment. 2. Typewritten maintenance instructions for each item of irrigation equipment. 3. Manufacturer's bulletins which explain installation, service, replacement parts, and maintenance. 4. Service telephone numbers and/or addresses posted in an appropriate place as designated by Owner s Representative. A. Upon completion of work, and as a precedent to final payment, deliver to Owner s Representative one complete set of reproducible originals of Drawings showing work exactly as installed. (See Record Drawings in Part 3.17 of this Section) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Use materials as specified; any deviation from the Specifications must first be approved by the Owner s Representative in writing. All material containers or certificates shall be clearly marked by manufacturer as to contents for inspection MATERIALS A. Central Control System: As indicated on Drawings. B. Master Valves and Flow Sensors: As indicated on Drawings. C. Automatic Control Valves: As indicated on Drawings. D. Gate Valve: As indicated on Drawings. E. Pipe and Fittings: 1. PVC pipe: As indicated on Drawings. 2. PVC fittings three-inch (3 ) size and smaller: High impact, standard weight, Schedule 40, molded PVC as manufactured by George Fischer, Lasco, Spears, or approved equal. 3. PVC fittings four-inch (4 ) size and larger: High impact, standard weight, Class 200 gasketed, molded PVC as manufactured by George Fischer, Lasco, Spears, or approved equal. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

107 SECTION Page 5 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION 4. All plastic pipe and fittings: Continuously and permanently marked with manufacturer's name, type of material, IPS size, schedule, NSF approval, and code number. 5. Threaded PVC pipe and nipples: IPS Schedule 80 when necessary to use threaded connections to gauges, valves, or control valves. Threaded adapters may be used in place of nipples when making pipe to valve connections. 6. Use 45-degree fittings for changes in depth of pipe, and at transition from main line to automatic control valves. 7. Piping above ground: Schedule 40 galvanized steel with cast-iron fittings. F. Booster Pump: As indicated on Drawings. G. PVC Primer: Weld-On P-70 Purple Primer or approved equal. H. PVC Glue: Weld-On 711 Gray heavy bodied PVC Cement or approved equal. I. Sprinkler Heads: As indicated on Drawings. J. Quick Coupler Valves: As indicated on Drawings. K. Sleeves: As indicated on Drawings. L. All Valve Boxes and Covers: Manufactured, green with Irrigation permanently embossed on cover. Carson, Rainbird or approved equal. M. Automatic Sprinkler Control Wire: N. Unions: 1. Connections between remote control valves and controller: UF-14 direct burial plastic coated wire. Common wire to be white, and lead wire to be colored. If multiple controllers are used, a different color is to be used for each controller's lead wire. (Use red for the first controller). Spare wires are to be yellow. 2. UL Listed waterproof sealing pack for wire connections: 3M DBR/Y-6, or approved equal. 3. Provide adequate working space around electrical equipment in compliance with local codes and ordinances. 4. Electrical, other than low voltage, such as power wiring, conduit, fuses, thermal overloads and disconnect switches, is included under Division 26 of these Specifications. 1. Steel unions two inches (2 ) and smaller: 150 lb. screwed black (brass to iron seat) or galvanized malleable iron (ground joint). 2. Steel unions and flanges two and one-half inches (2 ½ ) and larger: 150 lb. black flange union, flat-faced, full gasket. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

108 SECTION Page 6 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION O. Sand for Trench Backfill: Natural sand, free of roots, bark, sticks, rags, or other extraneous material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SITE CONDITIONS A. Locations of existing utilities and other improvements shown on the Drawings are approximate. Verify existing conditions and, should any utilities be encountered that are not indicated on the plans, notify the Owner s Representative immediately. Accept responsibility for any damages caused to existing services PREPARATION A. Scheduling: Notify the Project Inspector prior to commencing and/or continuing the work of this Section. Remove and replace, at no cost to Owner, any work required as a result of failure to give the appropriate notification. B. Examination: Examine conditions of work in place before beginning work; report defects. C. Measurements: Take field measurements; report variance between plan and field dimensions. D. Protection: Maintain warning signs, shoring and barricades as required. Prevent injury to, or defacement of, existing improvements. At no additional cost to Owner, repair or replace items damaged by installation operations. E. Existing Tree Protection: 1. Avoid unnecessary root disturbance, compaction of soils within drip line, or limb breakage. 2. Do not store material or dispose of any material other than clean water within the drip line. 3. Provide adequate irrigation during construction. 4. Replace any tree damaged during construction with a tree of equal size and value at no additional cost to Owner. 5. Adjust trench locations in field to minimize damage to existing elements and plant roots of trees-to-remain at no additional cost to Owner. F. Surface Preparation: Prior to beginning sprinkler irrigation work, complete placement of topsoil as specified in Section Section EXCAVATION, GRADING, AND SITE PREPARATION. Notify Project Inspector of irregularities if any AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER A. Install components as per Drawings and manufacturer s recommendations. All wiring New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

109 SECTION Page 7 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION connections shall be neatly accomplished within the controller cabinet. B. Connect automatic control valves to controller(s) in sequence as shown on Drawings. C. Install all exposed wires to a minimum of twenty-four inches (24 ) beyond controller within a UL approved rigid conduit GRADING A. Install all irrigation features to their finished grade and at depths indicated. Complete and /or accommodate all rough grading and/or finish grading before commencing with trenching. See Section Section EXCAVATION, GRADING, AND SITE PREPARATION for more information LAYOUT A. Lay out work as accurately as possible to Drawings. Drawings are generally diagrammatic to extent that swing joint offsets and fittings are not shown. Record all changes on the Record Drawings. B. Do not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on Drawings when it is obvious, in the field, that obstructions or other discrepancies exist which may not have been considered in the design. Notify Owner s Representative of discrepancies before proceeding EXCAVATING AND TRENCHING A. General: Perform excavations as required for installation of work included under this Section, including shoring of earth banks to prevent cave-ins. Restore surfaces, existing underground installations, etc., damaged or cut as result of this work to their original condition and in a manner approved by the Landscape Architect. B. Width: 1. Make trenches wide enough to allow a minimum of six inches (6 ) between parallel pipelines and three inches (3 ) between side of pipe and side of trench. Do not allow stacking of pipe within trench. 2. Allow a minimum clearance of twelve inches (12 ) in any direction from parallel pipes of other trades. C. Preparation of Excavations: Remove rubbish and rocks from trenches. Bed pipe on a minimum of three inches (3 ) of clean, rock-free soil to provide a firm, uniform bearing for entire length of pipeline. Cover pipe with a minimum of three inches (3 ) of clean, rockfree soil. If clean, rock-free soil is not available, use sand for pipe bedding and three inches (3 ) of backfill above the pipe. The remainder of the trench backfill material can be native soil. Do not allow wedging or blocking of pipe. D. Minimum depth of cover: Unless shown otherwise, provide the following minimums: New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

110 SECTION Page 8 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION 1. Mainline: twenty-four inches (24 ) cover. 2. Lateral line: twelve inches (12 ) cover for spray heads, and eighteen inches (18 ) cover for rotor heads. E. Conflicts with other trades: 3.07 THRUST BLOCKS 1. Hand-excavate trenches where potential conflict with other underground utilities exist. 2. Where other utilities interfere with irrigation trenching and piping work, adjust the trench depth as instructed by Owner s Representative. A. To resist system pressure on ring-tite pipe and fittings, provide thrust blocks at any change of direction, change of size, dead end, and/or valves at which thrust develops when closed. See thrust block details for examples. B. Use cast-in-place concrete and size thrust blocks based on an average soil-safe bearing load of 700 lbs. per square foot. C. Form thrust blocks in such a manner that concrete comes in contact only with the fittings. Place thrust block between adequately compacted soil and the fitting. D. Thrust blocks are to be constructed of concrete with a minimum of 2500psi. E. Thrust blocks are to be free, separate, and independent of adjacent or nearby thrust blocks BACKFILL AND COMPACTING A. General: Do not begin until hydrostatic tests are completed. When system is operating and after required tests and inspections have been made, backfill trenches under paving areas to the compaction rate specified in Section EXCAVATION, GRADING, AND SITE PREPARATION. B. Place backfill in six-inch (6 ) layers and compact with an acceptable mechanical compactor. 1. Compact backfill material in landscape areas to eighty-five percent (85%) maximum dry density of the soil. 2. If settlement occurs along trenches, make adjustments in pipes, valves, and sprinkler heads, soil, sod or paving as necessary to bring the system, soil, sod or paving to the proper level or the permanent grade, without additional cost to the Owner. C. Excess Soil: Remove all rocks, debris, and excess soil that results from sprinkler irrigation trenching operations, landscape planting, and soil preparation operations off site at no additional cost to the Owner. If soil meets topsoil requirements in Section Section EXCAVATION, GRADING, AND SITE PREPARATION, it may be used for finish grading. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

111 SECTION Page 9 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION D. Finishing: Dress-off areas to eliminate construction scars CONTROL WIRES A. General: Install control wires beneath sprinkler main line whenever possible; tape wires to mainline pipe. Provide one spare wire for each controller. B. Slack Wire: Provide eighteen inches (18 ) of slack wire for each wire connected to automatic control valve. Slack wire shall be coiled and left in the valve box. Tape wires in bundles every ten feet (10 ); do not tape wires in sleeves. C. Expansion and Contraction: Snake wire in trench to allow for contraction of wire. D. Wire Passing Under Existing or Future Paving or Construction: Encase in PVC Schedule 40 or galvanized steel conduit extending at least twelve inches (12 ) beyond edges of paving or construction. E. Wire Connections: Install wire connections in a waterproof sealing pack. F. Wire Splicing: Permit splicing only on runs exceeding 500 feet. Locate all splices within valve boxes. G. Wire Termination: Install wire in a valve box with eighteen inches (18 ) of slack wire coiled and individually capped with approved waterproof sealing pack FLUSHING LINES A. Thoroughly flush lines prior to installing valves, performing hydrostatic testing, or installing sprinklers. Divert water to prevent washouts AUTOMATIC CONTROL AND QUICK COUPLER VALVES 3.12 PIPING A. Install where shown and where practical; place no closer than twelve inches (12 ) to walk edges, building walls, or fences. Refer to detail for example. B. Thoroughly flush mainline before installing valve. C. Install valves in ground cover areas where possible. A. General: Install in conformance with reference standards, manufacturer s written directions, as shown on Drawings and as herein specified. B. Workmanship: 1. General: Install sprinkler irrigation equipment in planted areas throughout the site. 2. Coordination: Organize location of sleeves with other trades as required. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

112 SECTION Page 10 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION C. Pipe Line Assembly: 1. General: a. Cutting: Cut pipe square; remove rough edges or burrs. b. Solvent-welded Connections: Use materials and methods recommended by the pipe manufacturer. c. Brushes: Use non-synthetic brushes to apply solvents and primer. d. Cleaning: Clean pipe and fittings of dirt, moisture, and debris prior to applying solvent or primer. e. Assembly: Allow pipe to be assembled and welded on the surface or in the trench. f. Expansion and Contraction: Snake pipe from side to side of trench to allow for expansion and contraction. g. Location: Locate pipes as shown on Drawings except where existing supply valves, utilities or obstructions prohibit or where slight changes are approved to better suit field conditions. 2. Flexible Elastometric Seal Joints: a. General: Assemble in strict conformance with the pipe manufacturer s instruction. b. Rubber Rings: Use rubber rings specific for water service systems. c. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean ring and groove of dirt, moisture and debris using a clean, dry cloth. Do not use solvents, lubricants, cleaning fluids or other material for cleaning. d. Seating: Properly seat ring in groove. e. Spigot: 3. Connections: 1.) General: Clean spigot-end of pipe as in Cleaning above prior to applying lubricant recommended by pipe manufacturer. 2.) Seating: Insert spigot into bell and seat to full depth required. a. Threaded Plastic Pipe Connection: 1.) Use Teflon tape or pipe joint compound. 2.) When assembling to threaded pipe, take up joint no more than one full turn beyond hand-tight. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

113 SECTION Page 11 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION b. Metal Valves and Plastic Pipe: Use threaded plastic male adapters. c. Metal to Metal Connections: 1.) Use specific joint compound or gasket material for type of joint made. Where pipe of dissimilar metals are connected, use dielectric fittings. 2.) Where assembling, do not allow more than three full threads to show when joint is made up. d. Where assembling soft metal (brass or copper) or plastic pipe, use straptype friction wrench only; do not use a metal-jawed wrench. e. Threading: 4. Sleeves and conduits: 1.) Do not permit the use of field-threading of plastic pipe or fittings. Use only factory-formed threads. 2.) Use factory-made nipples wherever possible. Permit the use of field-cut threads in metallic pipe only where absolutely necessary. When field-threading, cut threads accurately on axis with sharp dies. 3.) Use pipe joint compound for all threaded joints. Apply compound to male thread only. a. Use sleeves of adequate size to accommodate retrieval for repair of wiring or piping and extend a minimum of twelve inches (12 ) beyond edges of walls or paving. b. Provide removable, non-decaying plug at end of sleeve to prevent entrance of soil. 5. Unions: Locate unions for easy removal of equipment or valve. 6. Capping: Plug or seal opening as lines are installed to prevent entrance materials that would obstruct pipe. Leave in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation. D. Drip Irrigation Tubing: Install as per Drawings SPRINKLER HEADS A. Sprinkler heads: Locate as shown on the Drawings except where existing conditions prohibit, or slight changes are approved to achieve as good or better coverage under the same conditions. Do not allow sprinkler head spacing to exceed the maximum shown on the Drawings. Plumb heads. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

114 SECTION Page 12 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION B. Handling, Assembly of Pipe, Fittings, and Accessories: Allow only skilled tradesmen to handle and assemble pipe, fittings and equipment. Keep interior of pipes, fittings and accessories clean at all times. Close ends of pipe immediately after installation; leave closure in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation. Do not permit bending of pipe. C. Flushing: Remove end heads and operate system at full pressure until all rust, scale, and sand is removed. Divert water to prevent ponding or damage to finished work. D. Coverage: Accept responsibility for full and complete coverage of irrigated areas to satisfaction of Landscape Architect and make necessary adjustments to better suit field conditions at no additional costs to Owner FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Visual Inspection: Verify that all pipe is homogenous throughout and free from visual cracks, holes, or foreign materials. Inspect each length of pipe. All materials are subject to impact test at the discretion of the Landscape Architect. B. Hydrostatic Tests Open Trench: 1. Center-load piping with a small amount of backfill to prevent arching or slipping under pressure. 2. Request the presence of the Project Inspector in writing at least forty-eight hours in advance of testing. 3. At no additional cost to Owner, test in the presence of the Project Inspector. 4. Apply continuous static water pressure of 100 psi when welded plastic joints have cured at least twenty-four hours, and with the risers capped, as follows: test main lines and submains for four hours; test lateral lines for two hours. 5. Repair leaks resulting from tests; and repeat tests. 6. Test to determine that all sprinkler heads function according to manufacturer's data and give full coverage according to intent of Drawings. Replace any sprinklers not functioning as specified with ones that do, or otherwise correct system to provide satisfactory performance. C. Continuity Testing: Test locating device and control wires for continuity prior to and after back-filling operations CLEAN-UP A. Remove debris resulting from work of this Section ADJUSTMENTS AND MAINTENANCE A. Adjusting System: Prior to acceptance, satisfactorily adjust and regulate entire system. Set watering schedule on controller appropriate to types of plants and season of year. Adjust remote control valves to operate sprinkler heads at optimum performance based on pressure and simultaneous demands through supply lines. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

115 SECTION Page 13 SPRINKLER IRRIGATION B. System Layout: Provide reduced prints of Record Document irrigation plans, laminated in four (4) mil. plastic, of size to fit controller door. Enlarge remote-control valve designations as necessary for legibility. Color-code areas covered by each station. Affix plans to inside of controller door. C. Instructions: Upon completion of work, instruct maintenance personnel on operation and maintenance procedures for entire system. D. Flow Charts: Record and prepare an accurate flow-rate chart for each automatic control valve RECORD DRAWINGS A. Regularly update plans of the system and any changes made to the system throughout the project. Record all changes on this plan before trenches are back-filled. B. Record the as-built information on reproducible plans provided by the Architect. Complete and submit the Record Drawings to the Architect before applying for payment for work installed. C. Show the following on the Record Drawings accurately to scale and dimensioned from two permanent points of reference: 1. Distance of mainline from nearby hardscape. 2. Location of automatic control valves, quick couplers, and gate valves. 3. Location and size of all sleeves. 4. Location of automatic control wires and spares OPERATION MANUALS A. Deliver two complete sets of manufacturer's warranties, Contractor guarantees, instruction sheets, parts lists and operation manuals to the Architect before requesting final acceptance of the project. Do not request final inspection until the sets are approved. END OF SECTION New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

116 SECTION Page 1 LANDSCAPING PART 1 - GENERAL Construction Documents and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specifications sections, apply to this section DESCRIPTION A. Scope of Work: Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation required to perform and complete the following work as specified herein: 1. Soil Preparation and Fertilization 2. Planting 3. Sodding 4. Weed Control 5. Mulch 6. Clean-up 7. Landscape Maintenance Period 8. Guarantee B. Work not included in this Section: Landscape elements such as concrete walks, fencing, outdoor lighting, rough grading, and clearing are not a part of this Section unless shown on the landscape Drawings RELATED SECTIONS A. SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS: Section B. PROJECT CLOSEOUT: Section C. EXCAVATION, GRADING, AND SITE PREPARATION: Section D. IRRIGATION: Section GUARANTEE A. The guarantee period for lawn and plant material shall be the duration of the landscape maintenance period, from commencement until final acceptance of the work of this Section. See Division 01 for other applicable guarantee requirements. B. During the guarantee period, repair and/or replace plants and lawn not in satisfactory growing condition, as determined by Owner s Representative, without additional cost to Owner. Plants are to be replaced as per Landscape Maintenance in Part 3.09 of this New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

117 SECTION Page 2 LANDSCAPING 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL Section, using plants of the same kind and size specified in plant list. A. Qualifications: Provide proof of five years of continuous experience in landscaping and irrigation of projects of similar size. B. Work Force: Ensure that an experienced foreman is present at all times during installation. Keep the same foreman and workers on the job from commencement to completion. C. Reviews: Specifically request reviews of all items listed below in Inspection Requirements prior to progressing to the next level of work. The Owner s Representative reserves the right to inspect and reject material, both at place of growth and at site, before and/or after planting, for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size and quality. D. Reference Standards: Meet or exceed Federal, State and County laws requiring inspection of all plants and planting materials for plant disease and insect control. E. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: 1. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of conformance with state and federal laws if applicable. 2. Bulk Materials: F. Plant Material: a. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways or pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants. b. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials, discharge of soil-bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. c. Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers and soil amendments with appropriate certificates. 1. Conform to the current edition of Horticultural Standards for quality of Number 1 grade nursery stock as adopted by the American Association of Nurserymen. Conform to sizes specified on plant legend. Select plants which have a natural shape and appearance. 2. Select only plants that are true to name, and tag one of each bundle or lot with the name of the plant in accordance with the standards of practice of the American Association of Nurserymen. In all cases, botanical names shall take precedence over common names. 3. Tag each plant of a patented variety with the variety and identification number, New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

118 SECTION Page 3 LANDSCAPING where applicable, as it is delivered to the job site. 4. Select only plants which have been nursery-grown in accordance with good horticultural practices and which have been grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for at least one year. 5. Select only plants which are typical of their species or variety; have normal habits of growth; are sound, healthy, vigorous, well-branched and densely-foliated when in leaf; are free of disease, insect pests, eggs or larvae; and have a healthy and well-developed root system. 6. Select only container stock that has been grown in the containers in which delivered for at least six (6) months, but not over two (2) years. Provide samples to show that there are no root-bound conditions. 7. Do not use plants that are severely pruned or headed-back to meet size requirements. 8. Do not plant container-grown plants that have cracked or broken balls of earth when taken from the container. Remove canned stock carefully from cans after containers have been cut on two sides with tin snips or other approved cutter. 9. Coordinate a time for the Landscape Architect to inspect the plants upon their delivery to the project site. 10. At any time prior to final acceptance, be prepared to replace any plants that are rejected by the Owner s Representative because of physical damage to the plant. 11. Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting. 12. Be prepared to replace plants which are rejected by the Owner s Representative for the following reasons: a. Trunk bark damage caused by sunburn, b. Trunk bark wounds caused by rubbing stakes or ties, c. Trunk bark damage caused by ties that have girdled the tree, d. Tree head development that is lopsided and not symmetrical in form, e. Tree branches that cross or touch, f. Tree branches with double leaders (unless multi-trunk trees are specified). 13. Stake shrubs with one-inch by one-inch by eighteen-inch (1 x1 x18 ) stakes in such manner that the stakes are not visible, and tie to upright position if they lean and/or are not growing in a vertical position. 14. Furnish quantities necessary to complete the work as shown on the Drawings New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

119 SECTION Page 4 LANDSCAPING and, if necessary, make up for any discrepancies in the quantities given in the Plant List at no additional cost to Owner. G. Comply with the requirements of Section PROJECT CLOSEOUT INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Landscape Architect reserves the right to examine and reject plant material both at place of growth and at site, before and after planting, for compliance with requirements of name, variety, size, and quality. B. Request and hold a pre-construction meeting prior to beginning the work of this Section. Parties required to be in attendance are the Landscape Contractor, Project Inspector, Owner s Representative, and Landscape Architect. C. Obtain verification from Project Inspector for the following at the appropriate times during construction and prior to further progression of work in this Section: 1. Rough grading is to tolerances specified in Section Section EXCAVATION, GRADING, AND SITE PREPARATION. 2. The placement of landscape backfill material is as specified in this Section. 3. Prior to the commencement of the work specified in this Section, the coverage and operation of the sprinkler irrigation system are as specified in Section SPRINKLER IRRIGATION. 4. The soil amendment does not include any metal fragments. (Obtain a letter from the manufacturer stating that the material submitted for use on this project has no metal or foreign objects. Submit this letter as part of the Data Sheet submittal package [see Submittals and Substitutions in this Section]) 5. Required Test: For each load of soil amendment delivered to the site, spread at least two cubic yards (2 cy) of material onto a paved surface approximately two inches (2 ) deep. Pass a magnetic rake over the material in two directions. If any metal is found, test the entire load in the same manner. Perform all testing in the presence of the Project Inspector. 6. Soil amendments, fertilizer, and bark mulch have been delivered to the site by the supplier, the invoices from the supplier indicate the project name and quantities delivered, and the Project Inspector has received copies of all such documents. 7. Prior to planting, amendments and conditioners have been incorporated as per pre-planting recommendations, and planting areas have been made ready to receive planting. D. In case of failure to obtain any verification by the Project Inspector as required above, remove and replace work as necessary to obtain the verification at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Beginning of Maintenance Period: Verify all work is complete, then request and hold a meeting to include the Landscape Architect, Project Inspector, Architect and Owner s New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

120 SECTION Page 5 LANDSCAPING Representative for authorization to begin the landscape maintenance period. F. End of Maintenance: Verify that all work is complete and acceptable, and that the maintenance has been completed per specifications; and continue to provide landscape maintenance until the Owner s Representative has accepted the work SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. See Section SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS for additional requirements. B. Plant Material: Within fifteen (15) days after award of contract, locate plant materials required for construction. Ensure that trees and shrubs are contract- grown from a certified nursery. Notify Owner s Representative of plant material tied off for review at selected nursery. If specified material is not obtainable, submit the following to Owner s Representative: proof of non-availability, proposal for use of equivalent material, photographs of alternative choices of plant material. Include clear, written description of type, size, condition, and general character of plant material. C. Data Sheets: Provide product data for each type of landscape material indicated in the Drawings and Specifications. D. Samples: Submit samples of the following materials to Landscape Architect for approval: 1. Soil amendment: (3) one-quart zip-locked plastic bags. 2. Bark Mulch: (3) one-quart zip-locked plastic bags. E. Provide soils analysis reports prepared by a qualified soils laboratory in compliance with the Soil Testing Requirements under Soil Testing in Part 3.02 of this Section. F. Prior to planting, submit copies of all trucking or packaging tags for all soil amendment, fertilizer and other additives to Landscape Architect so the quantities can be verified PROTECTION AND CLEAN-UP A. Provide protection for persons and property throughout progress of work. Use temporary barricades as required. Proceed with work in such manner as to minimize spread of dust and flying particles and to provide safe working conditions for personnel. Store materials and equipment where directed. B. Existing Construction: Execute work in an orderly and careful manner to protect paving, work of other trades, and other improvements. C. Existing Utilities: Provide protection for existing utilities within construction area. At no additional cost to Owner, repair any damages to utility lines that occur as a result of this work. D. Landscaping: Protect landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

121 SECTION Page 6 LANDSCAPING E. Paving: Maintain cleanliness of paving areas and other public areas used by equipment, and immediately remove spillage; remove rubbish, debris, and other material resulting from landscaping work, leaving site in a safe and clean condition PLANTING SCHEDULE / ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Install, establish, and maintain all lawn areas for a minimum of ninety (90) days prior to date of substantial completion. Coordinate schedule with other work and overall project schedule. Failure to install lawn areas by this date shall result in assessment of liquidated damages. B. Proceed with work in an orderly and timely manner to complete installation of landscaping within contract limits. C. Planting Season Limits: Do not plant when grounds are wet or temperature is below 25 F. Do not proceed with any soil preparation and fertilization if all planting cannot be completed within Planting Season Limit LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE PERIOD REQUIREMENTS A. Beginning of Landscape Maintenance Period: 1. General: Landscape Maintenance Period does not begin until all work is installed and lawn has evenly germinated to an approximated blade height of one and one-half inches (1 ½ ), as determined by Landscape Architect, in writing. 2. On-site Inspection: When all work is complete, request and hold a meeting to include the Landscape Architect, Project Inspector, Architect and Owner s Representative who must together authorize and determine the start date for the landscape maintenance period. Coordinate and give notice of the date and time of the on-site meeting to all parties at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance. 3. Acceptability: In cases where the lawn has reached adequate fullness and germination in some areas but not all, and authorization has not been given to begin the maintenance period, proceed with mowing, trimming, spraying, etc., as necessary prior to the beginning of the maintenance period. B. Duration of Landscape Maintenance Period: C. The Landscape Maintenance Period shall continue for a minimum of ninety (90) calendar days. During this time, continuously maintain all areas involved until final acceptance of the work by the Owner s Representative. See Landscape Maintenance Period procedure in Part 3.09 of this Section. D. Final Acceptance of the Landscape Maintenance Period: E. Request the final inspection forty-eight (48) hours in advance. If items require attention, hold on-site meetings until Landscape Architect can certify, in writing, and in concurrence with the Owner s Representative, the successful completion of the Landscape Maintenance Period. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

122 SECTION Page 7 LANDSCAPING 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Upon completion of work, and as a precedent to final payment, deliver to Owner s Representative one complete set of reproducible originals of Drawings showing work exactly as installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Use material in new and perfect condition as specified. Any deviations or substitutions from the Specification and Drawings must first be approved by Owner s Representative in writing prior to use SOIL PREPARATION MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Fertile; friable; natural loam surface soil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, brush, weeds and other litter; and free of roots, stumps, stones/rocks, and other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. B. Soil Amendment: One-percent nitrogen-impregnated bark product with a ninety-percent (90%) bark base and zero to one-quarter inch (0-1/4 ) particle size, or approved equivalent. Do not spread until testing requirements have been satisfied. C. Fertilizer/Soil Conditioner: Gro-Power Plus or approved equal. D. Fertilizer for Trees and Shrubs: Seven-gram Gro-Power Planting Tablets ( NPK) or approved equal. E. Vitamin B-1: "Superthrive", "Liquinox Start", "Cal-Liquid", or approved equal MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE MATERIALS A. Bark Mulch: Untreated, shredded cedar. B. Tree-staking System: As indicated on Drawings. C. Pre-Emergent Weed Control: Oxadiazon, Treeflan, Ronstar 2G, "Surflan" (Elano Products Company), or approved equal. D. Header Boards: As indicated on Drawings. E. Root Barrier: As indicated on Drawings PLANT MATERIAL: A. Nursery Plant Stock: 1. As indicated on Drawings. Do not remove container-grown stock from containers until planting time. Plants shall be true to name. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

123 SECTION Page 8 LANDSCAPING 2. Healthy, shapely, well-rooted, not pot-bound, free from insect pests or plant diseases and properly "hardened off" before planting. Replace plants that are not alive or are not in satisfactory growing condition, as determined by the Landscape Architect, without additional cost to Owner. The Landscape Architect may reject plants before and/or after planting. 3. Labeled. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each species with a securelyattached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. B. Lawn Sod: Eighty percent (80%) Perennial Ryegrass and twenty percent (20%) Kentucky Bluegrass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SITE CONDITIONS A. Examine the site, verify grade elevations, and observe conditions under which work is to be performed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Owner s Representative. B. Proceed with complete landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work required. C. Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand-excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. D. When conditions detrimental to sod or plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage condition, or other obstructions, notify the Owner s Representative before planting SOIL TESTING A. Coordinate soil testing in an expeditious and timely manner as required for on-site topsoil materials. Contract with a soil laboratory and include cost of sampling and testing in contract price. Take one (1) sample for every 5,000 square feet of landscape area up to a maximum of six (6) samples under the direction of and in the presence of the Owner s Representative. B. Submit each sample, according to the quantity of soil required by testing laboratory, to a competent laboratory approved by the Owner s Representative. C. Provide analysis of soil samples for ph, salinity, ammonia, phosphate, potassium, calcium, magnesium, boron, and sodium levels. Provide appraisal of chemical properties, including particle size determination, and recommendations for types and quantities of amendments and fertilizers. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

124 SECTION Page 9 LANDSCAPING 3.03 PREPARATION A. Clearing of Vegetation: 1. If live perennial weeds exist on site at the beginning of work, spray with a nonselective systemic contact herbicide as recommended and applied by an approved licensed landscape pest control advisor and applicator. Leave sprayed plants intact for at least 15 days. 2. Clear and remove existing weeds by mowing or grubbing off all plant parts at least one-quarter inch (¼ ) inch below surface of soil over entire areas to be planted. B. Soil preparation: 1. Loosen soil in all planting areas, and on slopes flatter than 3:1 gradient, to a depth of six to eight inches (6" - 8 ) below finish grade. All debris, foreign matter, and stones shall be removed prior to the placing of any fertilizers or conditioners. Soil preparation is for all shrub planting beds, lawn hydroseeded areas and sodded lawn areas. 2. Conduct the required soil tests and instruct the lab to include a minimum of the following soil improvements in the recommendation on the soils report. a. Soil Amendment: Two cubic yards (2 cy) per 1,000 square feet. b. Gro-Power Plus: One hundred fifty pounds (150 lbs) per 1,000 square feet. c. If the lab recommends less than six cubic yards (6 cy) of soil amendment, the excess bid amount shall be applied to the cost of any additional recommended soil improvements, or returned to the Owner as a credit 3. Apply amendments as follows, using rates recommended by the soils testing laboratory (the rates of amendments shown below are for bidding purposes only): a. Fertilizer/Soil Conditioner: Broadcast 150 pounds of Gro Power Plus per 1,000 square feet in all planting areas and rototill to a depth of six to eight inches (6-8 ). Remove from the site any rock and debris brought to the surface by cultivations. Cultipack all areas to receive sod or hydroseed. b. Apply soil amendment to all planting areas at the rate of six cubic yards (6 cy) per 1,000 sf and rototill into the top six to eight inches (6 8 ). 4. Upon completion of finish grading, request an review and obtain approval of Landscape Architect prior to commencement of planting or hydroseeding. C. Finish Grading for all Planting areas 1. Refer to Earthwork Specification Section for Rough Grading. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

125 SECTION Page 10 LANDSCAPING 2. Grade to elevations and contours shown on Drawings. Fill low spots with landscape backfill material and grade to surface drain in manner indicated on Drawings. 3. Finish-grade so that the entire area within the contract lines has a natural and pleasing appearance as specified and as directed by Landscape Architect. 4. Adjust sprinkler heads one-half inch above finish grade in preparation to receive sod. Reset sprinkler heads flush to grade after turf has germinated. 5. Flag the sprinkler heads and valve markers. D. Planting Pits for Trees: 1. Excavate pits with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation slightly raised at center to provide proper drainage. 2. Set container-grown stock in center of pit on earth pedestal. Separate roots and/or prune roots as directed by Landscape Architect. In hot weather, pre-wet pit. Loosen outside roots from sides and bottom of root ball. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of root ball. Work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. Water after placing final layer of backfill. 3. Loosen hard subsoil in bottom of excavation. Extend excavation as required to insure proper drainage from plant pits. 4. Fill excavated planting pits with water to half the depth of pit. Pits should drain within four hours (4 hrs). If planting pits do not drain, notify Project Inspector immediately. Do not proceed with planting until Landscape Architect has resolved a method to provide drainage. E. Planting Pits for Shrubs/Groundcover: 1. Excavate pits and trenches with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation slightly raised at center to provide proper drainage. 2. Loosen hard subsoil in bottom of excavation. Extend excavation as required to insure proper drainage from plant pits. 3. Fill excavated planting pits with water to half the depth of pit. Pits should drain within four hours (4 hrs). If planting pits do not drain, notify Project Inspector immediately. Do not proceed with planting until Landscape Architect has resolved a method to provide drainage ROOT BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Install root barrier where trees are planted within sixty inches (60 ) of paving or other hardscape elements, such as walls, curbs, and walkways, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. B. Align root barrier vertically and run it linearly along and adjacent to the paving or other hardscape elements to be protected from invasive roots. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

126 SECTION Page 11 LANDSCAPING C. Install root barrier continuously for a distance of five feet (5 ) in each direction from the tree trunk, for a total distance of ten feet (10 ) per tree. If trees are spaced closer, use a single continuous piece of root barrier PLANTING 1. Position top of root barrier one inch (1 ) below finish grade. 2. Do not distort or bend root barrier during construction activities. 3. Do not install root barrier surrounding the root ball of tree. A. Lawn Sod: 1. Cultivate all lawn areas to a depth of six inches (6 ). If cultivation does not break lumps, pull a spike-toothed harrow over the area behind the tractor. 2. Give all lawn areas that are to be sodded a smooth finish to prevent pockets. Do not allow any abrupt changes of surface. Prior to installation of sod, roll the grade with a 200 pound water-ballast roller. Request that the lawn grade be inspected and approved by the Landscape Architect prior to sodding to determine its suitability for planting. Obtain such approval prior to commencing sodding operations. 3. Do not take heavy objects (except lawn rollers) over lawn areas after they have been prepared for planting. 4. Completely lay the sod within twelve hours (12 hrs) of delivery. Do not leave sod on pallets in the hot sun longer than necessary. 5. Unroll sod carefully. Lay sod tight without any visible open joints, and without overlapping; stagger end joints twelve inches (12 ) minimum. Do not stretch or overlap sod pieces. Do not place sod in pieces smaller than twenty-four inches (24 ) in length by width of roll. 6. When new sod is to match existing turf, cut the edge of the existing turf in a series of straight lines that will accept new sod rolls in full width of the sod roll. Make the transition of grade between existing turf and new sod to be seamless with no change in elevation. 7. Immediately after laying sod, roll lawn areas with a 200 pound water-ballast roller. 8. Trim sod to conform to lawn shapes designated in Drawings. 9. On slopes of six inches (6 ) per foot and steeper, lay sod perpendicular to slope and secure every row with wooden pegs at a maximum of two feet (2 ) on center. Drive pegs flush with soil portion of sod. 10. Ensure that finished appearance is that of one continuous lawn. 11. Do not lay whole lawn before watering. When a conveniently large area has been sodded, water lightly to prevent drying. Continue to lay sod and to water New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

127 SECTION Page 12 LANDSCAPING until installation is complete. 12. All sod areas must be approved by Landscape Architect. 13. Water the complete lawn surface thoroughly. Moisten soil at least eight inches (8 ) deep. Repeat sprinkling at regular intervals to keep sod moist at all times until rooted. After sod is established, decrease frequency and increase amount of water per application as necessary. B. Trees, Shrubs, and Groundcover: 1. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake the locations, outline the areas, and secure the Owner s Representative's acceptance before beginning the planting work. Make minor adjustments as requested. 2. Scarify root ball prior to planting. Plant in holes twice the diameter of the root ball and to a depth equal to the container s height. Place the shrub and/or groundcover so the top of the root ball is one inch (1 ) higher than the surrounding grade; place the tree so that the crown of the trunk is two inches (2") higher than the surrounding grade. Set container-grown stock in center of pit. In hot weather, pre-wet the pit. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of root ball. Work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets. Thoroughly compact lower half of backfill in plant pit. See staking or guying detail. Water after planting. Provide a berm or watering basin for each tree. Add Vitamin B-1, in the proper solution as recommended by the manufacturer, to the second watering of the basin. 3. Place fertilizer planting tablets in root zone and alongside each plant. Follow manufacturer's instructions for number of tablets to use for each container size. 4. See Drawings for additional information. 5. Grooming and Staking of Trees: a. Prune, thin-out and shape trees in accordance with standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise directed by Landscape Architect, do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured or dead branches from flowering trees. b. Paint cuts over one-half inch (½ ) in size with standard tree paint or compound, covering exposed, living tissue. Use paint that is waterproof, antiseptic, adhesive, elastic and free of kerosene, coal tar, creosote, and other substances harmful to plants. Do not use shellac. c. Stake or guy trees immediately after planting, as indicated on Drawings. 6. Grooming of Shrubs: a. Prune, thin-out and shape shrubs in accordance with standard horticultural practice. Prune shrubs to retain natural character and to accomplish their use in landscape design. The required plant size is its size after pruning. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

128 SECTION Page 13 LANDSCAPING b. Remove and replace excessively pruned or malformed new plants resulting from improper pruning. C. Request review by the Landscape Architect after locating, but prior to planting all trees. Under the direction of the Landscape Architect, make slight adjustments to plant material location as necessary to reflect original intention of Drawings WEED CONTROL A. Apply pre-emergent weed control to all planting areas (except lawn) after completion of all planting and one complete watering. Follow manufacturer's directions. To prevent washing away of weed control, do not over-water after its application. Do not allow any weed control into lawn areas. Treat any existing noxious weeds, such as Johnson grass, with Roundup in successive treatments until all roots are destroyed, then remove all grass and roots. Notify Owner s Representative of time of installation for verification of application BARK MULCH A. Apply mulch at the rate of two inches (2") deep to all planting areas, exclusive of lawn, after the planting and weed control are completed. Twelve inches (12 ) from planter edges, taper full depth of mulch to meet adjacent grades. Do not place mulch within three inches (3 ) of trunk or stems CLEAN-UP A. During construction, keep the site free of rubbish and debris, and clean up the site promptly when notified to do so. Take care to prevent spillage on streets from hauling and immediately clean up any such spillage and/or debris deposited on streets due to the work of this Section. B. During all phases of the construction work, take all precautions to abate dust nuisance by clean-up, sweeping, sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE A. The Landscape Maintenance Period will begin when all the Landscape Maintenance Period Requirements have been met (See Part 1 of these Specifications). B. Cleaning: Maintain cleanliness on paving areas and other public areas used by equipment and immediately remove all spillage. Remove from project site all rubbish and debris found thereon and all material and debris resulting from landscaping work, leaving the site in a safe and clean condition. C. Maintenance: 1. Sprinkler Irrigation System: a. Check system weekly for proper operation. Flush lateral lines out after removing last sprinkler head or two at each end of lateral. Adjust all heads as necessary for unimpeded coverage. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

129 SECTION Page 14 LANDSCAPING b. Set and program automatic controllers for seasonal water requirements. Provide the Owner s Representative with keys to the controllers and instructions on how to turn off system in case of emergency. c. Repair all damages to sprinkler irrigation system as part of the contract work. Make repairs within one watering period or one week, whichever is the least amount of time. 2. Turf Areas: a. Begin mowing turf when grass has reached a height of three inches (3") and cut to a height of one-half inches to two inches (1 ½ - 2"). Mow at least weekly after the first cut. Turf must be well-established and free of bare spots and weeds, to satisfaction of Landscape Architect, prior to final acceptance. Do not mow lawns when the soil is not able to support maintenance equipment. Repair wheel marks and ruts caused by the maintenance equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. b. Pick up grass clippings and remove from the site and premises. c. Trim edges at least twice monthly for neat appearance. Vacuum or blow clippings off walks. d. Water the lawns at such frequency as weather conditions require to replenish soil moisture below the root zone. Normally, a total of one and one-half inches (1 ½ ) of water is needed weekly in hot weather. e. Fertilize the lawn areas at the beginning of the Landscape Maintenance Period and at the completion of the Landscape Maintenance Period. Use a fertilizer with the following characteristics: 1.) Slow release, Best , or approved equal, at the rate of 6.25 lbs per 1,000 square feet from March through October. 2.) Calcium Nitrate (15-0-0) at the rate of 6.5 lbs per 1,000 square feet from November through February. f. Broadcast fertilizer using a mechanical spreader; do not apply by handbroadcasting. Sweep all fertilizer off hardscape into adjacent planters. g. Weekly as needed and as directed, re-sod lawn areas with material that matches previously installed material. Use sod to repair any bare areas. Repair areas to receive sod as follows: 3. Trees and Shrubs: 1.) Mark out areas to receive new sod repair. 2.) Cut straight lines that will accept sod the full width of the roll and a minimum of twenty-four inches (24 ) in length. 3.) Transition the grade between existing turf and new sod seamlessly, with no change in elevation. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.#### Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

130 SECTION Page 15 LANDSCAPING a. Water enough that moisture penetrates throughout root zone and only as frequently as necessary to maintain healthy growth. b. Construct and/or remove water basins around each plant, depending on the time of the year and as directed. c. Do not prune unless directed by the Landscape Architect. d. Re-stake and re-tie trees as needed and as directed by the Landscape Architect. Do not allow tops of tree stakes to protrude into head of tree. e. Replace any dead, dying or vandalized plant material on a weekly basis throughout the Landscape Maintenance Period. 4. Insecticide and Herbicide Application: a. If needed, control weeds with selective herbicides and sprays. In areas where crabgrass has infested the lawn, apply pre-emergent herbicides such as Dacthal by Amvac, Balan, or Betasan by Gowan for control prior to crabgrass germination. Control insect pests if necessary. b. Use only a licensed Pest Control Operator to apply herbicides and sprays and to maintain a log for applications indicating material, timing, and rate. 5. Pre-scheduled On-site Meetings: Hold regularly-scheduled (monthly or bimonthly as determined by the Landscape Architect) on-site meetings with the Landscape Architect, Project Inspector and Owner s Representative. Dates and times will be jointly agreed upon. 6. Request, forty-eight hours (48 hrs.) in advance, on-site visits by the Landscape Architect to determine the end of the Landscape Maintenance Period. END OF SECTION New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No.1402 Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 4, 2014

131 SITE DRAINAGE SECTION Page 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. DESCRIPTION: Provide Site Drainage, as shown and specified per Contract Documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL: Refer to Section SUBMITTALS. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's specifications, data, and installation instructions for review. C. CLOSEOUT: 1. General: Refer to Section CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES. 2. Guarantee: Provide in required form for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance by Owner. 1.3 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL: Refer to Section QUALITY ASSURANCE. B. REFERENCE STANDARDS: 1. General: Refer to Section REFERENCES for reference standards, applicable codes and definitions. Perform Work in accordance with municipal agency and utility company standards and requirements. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): Standards. 3. American Welding Society (AWS): Welding Standards. 4. State of California, Department of Transportation (CalTrans): Standard Specifications. 5. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI): Standards. C. QUALIFICATIONS: Welders to be AWS certified. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

132 SECTION Page 2 SITE DRAINAGE PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. GENERAL: Refer to Section PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. PIPE: 1. General: In the ensuing material specifications the abbreviation following the name of the material is the notation identifying the product shown on the drawings. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC): PSM-SDR35 conforming to ASTM D3034 with elastomeric joints per ASTM D3212; 4 inch up to and including 12 inch diameter, unless specifically shown. 3. High Density Polyethylene Tubing and Fitting (HDPE): a. General: ASTM D3350 with watertight sleeves and gaskets conforming to ASTM F477. b. 8 to 10 inch Diameter: AASHTO M-25 C. AREA DRAINS: Provide assembly as shown on plans. D. DROP INLETS: Provide assembly as shown on plans. E. STORM DRAIN CLEAN OUT (SDCO): Provide assembly as shown on plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. GENERAL: Refer to Section EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS. 3.2 PREPARATION A. EXAMINATION: Examine conditions of work in place before beginning work; report defects. B. PROTECTION: Conform to "Trench Construction Safety Orders", California State Industrial Accident Commission. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

133 SECTION Page 3 SITE DRAINAGE 3.3 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Install in conformance with referenced standards, manufacturer's written directions, as shown, and as specified. B. EXCAVATION AND BEDDING: 1. General: Refer to Section EXCAVATING, GRADING AND SITE PREPARATION; trench straight and true to line and grade, with bottom smooth and free of irregularities or rock points. Trench width to be a minimum of 12 inches wider than outside diameter of pipe. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for use of each kind and type of pipe. 2. Bedding: Provide a bedding of 3/4 inch crushed rock for the full length of the pipe. Bedding shall have a minimum thickness beneath the pipe of 4 inches or 1/8 the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater. Provide bell holes and depressions for pipe joints only of size required to properly make joint. C. LAYING OF PIPE: 1. General: Inspect pipe prior to placing. Set aside any defective or damaged material. Do not place pipe in water nor place pipe when trenches or weather are unsuitable. Lay pipe up-grade, true to line and grade. 2. Bell and Spigot Joints: Lubricate inside of bells and outside of spigots with soap solution. Wedge joints tight. Bell of bell and spigot pipe to be pointed up-grade. D. CONCRETE BASES: Cast-in-place or precast as shown. E. MORTAR: Set pipe connections to concrete drainage structures; place mortar within one (1) hour after adding water. F. BACKFILLING: 1. General: Do not start backfill operations until required testing has been accomplished. 2. Trenches and Excavations: Backfill with 3/4 inch crushed rock to 12 inches above top of pipe, filling both sides of the pipe at the same time, carefully tamping to hold pipe in place without movement. Place in 6 inch lifts, compact each layer to density of adjacent undisturbed soil. Jetting will not be allowed. 3. Compaction and Grading: Provide remainder of backfill per Section EXCAVATING, GRADING AND SITE PREPARATION. G. OFF SITE WORK: Provide work beyond the property lines in strict conformance with the requirements of the governmental agencies having jurisdiction. H. FLUSHING: Flush and/or rod all new storm drainage piping systems clear of debris and silt at completion of installation. Remove all dirt and debris from system, do not flush further down drainage system. Also flush portions of existing drainage system as noted on plans. New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

134 SECTION Page 4 SITE DRAINAGE 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. GENERAL: Thoroughly rod and flush entire drainage system. B. FIELD TESTING: Test systems for water tightness at a hydrostatic pressure of 10 psi for a period of 2 hours. C. RETESTING: Make necessary corrections to non-conforming work; retest at Contractor's expense. 3.5 CLEANING A. GENERAL: Keep premises free from accumulation of waste and rubbish. At the completion of work remove surplus materials, rubbish, and debris. * End Section * New Parking Lot at Buckeye Elementary School Job No Kirk S. Brainerd, Architect April 3, 2014

135 ENTEK CONSULTING GROUP, INC Rocklin Road, Suite 7, Rocklin, CA Phone (916) Fax (916) HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SURVEY FINAL REPORT OWNER/CLIENT Buckeye Unified School District P.O. Box 4768 El Dorado Hills, CA CONTACT Mr. Ray Boike Director of Facilities BUILDINGS SURVEYED Transportation Office Portable Transportation Break Room Portable SURVEY ADDRESS 2480 Merrychase Drive Cameron Park, CA PREPARED BY Cory Sanders CAC # & CDPH #I/S/M Entek Consulting Group, Inc Rocklin Road; Suite 7 Rocklin, CA Entek Project # March 11, 2014 ASBESTOS LEAD MOLD INDOOR AIR QUALITY NOISE MONITORING TRAINING HEALTH AND SAFETY AUDITS

136 ENTEK TABLE OF CONTENTS Executive Summary Introduction Building Description Asbestos Inspection and Sample Collection Protocols Asbestos Bulk Sample Results Asbestos Regulatory Requirements Lead Sampling Results Fluorescent Light Tubes and Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) Thermostats With Mercury Switches Freon and Fluorocarbons Smoke Detectors Which May Contain a Radioactive Element Limitations Appendices A. Asbestos Related Documents B. Lead Related Documents C. Backup Documentation

137 ENTEK Executive Summary This is a summary of the report. The report must be read in its entirety, and the reader must review all the detailed information provided in the body of the report prior to making any interpretations, or conclusions pertaining to the information. Any conclusions made by the reader about the information provided in the body of this report which are contradictory or not included in this report are the responsibility of the reader. The United States Environmental Protection Agency, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (US EPA NESHAP), 40 CFR Part 61 - Nov. 20, 1990, requires an owner or operator of a demolition or renovation project to thoroughly inspect the affected facility or part of the facility where the demolition or renovation operation will occur for the presence of asbestos-containing materials (ACM) prior to the commencement of that project. The purpose of the inspection was to comply with US EPA NESHAP requirements which are jointly enforced by the US EPA Region lx and the California Air Resources Board (CARB) in El Dorado County and to determine if asbestos or lead containing materials are present which may be impacted during an upcoming demolition project. The buildings included in the upcoming project include the Transportation Office and Break Room portables which are located at the Buckeye Union School District Transportation Yard, 2480 Merrychase Drive, Cameron Park, CA This inspection report was requested by Mr. Ray Boike, Director of Facilities for the Buckeye Union School District. Asbestos Transportation Office Portable; Transportation Break Room Portable; No asbestos reported in any of the bulk samples collected on February 28, % chrysotile asbestos reported in the white roof sealant found on the metal roof, collected on February 28, Specifics regarding the asbestos survey can be found in later sections of this report. Lead Lead was not found to present at or above the laboratories reporting limit of 50 parts per million (ppm), in the tan exterior paint associated with the portables included in this survey. The interior of the portables are void of painted components. Specifics regarding the lead survey can be found in later sections of this report. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Buckeye USD, Transportation Office & Break Room Portables 3

138 ENTEK Other Hazardous Materials Entek did not specifically inspect for mercury containing fluorescent light tubes or light ballasts which may contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), thermostats which may contain mercury switches, equipment or systems which may contain Freon or other fluorocarbons, or smoke detectors which may contain a radioactive element. However, information pertaining to these materials is included in this report for your use and reference if needed. Introduction This report presents results of an asbestos and lead survey performed by Entek Consulting Group, Inc. (Entek) which included all interior and exterior areas of the Transportation Office and Break Room Portables located at the Buckeye Union School District Transportation Yard, 2480 Merrychase Drive, Cameron Park, CA I conducted this survey on February 28, I am a US EPA Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA)-accredited building inspector, Cal/OSHA Certified Asbestos Consultant (CAC) and State of California Department of Public Health (CDPH) certified Lead Inspector/Assessor. Building Description The Transportation Office portable has carpet flooring, vinyl cove base at all lower walls, pressed wood wall panels over untaped drywall and a suspended ceiling with fiberglass 2'x4' drop in ceiling panels. The exterior walls are wood and the roof is metal with roof sealants at edges, seams, screw heads, etc. The heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) unit is mounted at the east exterior wall of the portable. The Transportation Break Room portable has carpet and sheet vinyl flooring, vinyl cove base at all lower walls, pressed wood wall panels over plywood and a suspended ceiling with fiberglass 2'x4' drop in ceiling panels. The exterior walls are wood and the roof is metal with roof sealants at edges, seams, screw heads, etc. The heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) unit is mounted at the north exterior wall of the portable. Asbestos Inspection and Sample Collection Protocols Entek included in this survey all interior and exterior areas associated with the subject buildings. Bulk samples were collected of various materials suspected to contain asbestos by utilizing a power drill and coring tube, cutting the materials with a razor knife, or use of other appropriate hand tools. Miscellaneous materials were collected from each homogenous area in a manner sufficient to determine whether the material is or is not ACM as required in 40 CFR Part 763, Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools; Final Rule and Notice, published October 30, Hazardous Materials Survey Report Buckeye USD, Transportation Office & Break Room Portables 4

139 ENTEK Approximate locations of all samples collected during this inspection are indicated on the Bulk Asbestos Material Analysis Request Form for Entek, which served as the chain of custody for the samples, and on the building diagrams attached to this report. Asbestos Bulk Sample Results There were several materials observed which are considered suspect under US EPA guidelines. Under current US EPA guidelines for conducting building inspections for ACM, all "suspect" materials must be assumed to contain asbestos until otherwise determined by laboratory testing. The samples of materials suspected of containing asbestos were submitted to Asbestech Laboratory located in Carmichael, California. Asbestech is accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) to perform analysis of asbestos in bulk materials by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) using EPA Method 600/R-93/II6. A total of eight (8) bulk samples were collected during this survey. Some of the samples contained multiple layers which were individually analyzed to determine their asbestos content. Results of the analyses are listed in the following tables: Suspect Materials Found or Known TO Contain >1% Asbestos (CAT-I) Transportation Break Room Portable Sample ID# s Suspect Material Asbestos Content/Type Location Total Estimated Quantity ECG Transport-08A W hite Sealant on Metal Roof 1-5% Chrysotile Found on the metal roof of the Transportation Break Room Portable 5 Square Feet Suspect Materials Found NOT TO Contain Asbestos Transportation Office & Break Room Portables Sample ID# s Suspect Material EPA AHERA Suspected ACBM Asbestos Content Location ECG Transport-01A, 05A ECG Transport-02A, 07A Yellow Carpet Adhesive W hite Cove Base Adhesive Miscellaneous None Detected Transportation Office & Break Room Portables Miscellaneous None Detected Transportation Office & Break Room Portables ECG Transport-03A Drywall Miscellaneous None Detected Transportation Office Portable, Behind Pressed W ood W all Panels Hazardous Materials Survey Report Buckeye USD, Transportation Office & Break Room Portables 5

140 ENTEK Suspect Materials Found NOT TO Contain Asbestos Transportation Office & Break Room Portables Sample ID# s Suspect Material EPA AHERA Suspected ACBM Asbestos Content Location ECG Transport-04A ECG Transport-06A W hite Sealant on Metal Roof W hite Sheet Vinyl Flooring Miscellaneous None Detected Transportation Office Portable, Found on Metal Roof Miscellaneous None Detected Transportation Break Room Portable, Restroom Floor US EPA AHERA uses three terms when determining the classification of a material for the purpose of sampling. These terms include miscellaneous, surfacing, and thermal system insulation (TSI). Miscellaneous materials are building materials on structural components, structural members or fixtures, such as floor and ceiling tiles, and does not include surfacing material or TSI. Surfacing materials are materials that are sprayed-on, troweled-on, or otherwise applied to surfaces, such as acoustical plaster on ceiling and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, or other purposes. TSI is material applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts, or other structural components to prevent heat loss or gain, water condensation, or for other purposes. The information provided in the tables of this report are for use by the Owner in determining where asbestos containing materials are located, and whether or not any future work may impact those materials. The information is also provided for use by any contractor who may perform work in areas impacting the materials listed in this report, and for use as appropriate by asbestos abatement contractors to provide costs related to work impacting ACM. Any building materials which are considered suspect for containing asbestos which have not been identified in this report must be assumed to contain asbestos in amounts >1% until properly investigated and/or tested. Materials commonly excluded from being suspected for containing asbestos include, but are not limited to: unwrapped pink and yellow fiberglass insulating materials or products, foam insulation, bare concrete, wood, metal, plastic, or glass. All other types of building materials or coatings on the materials listed above are commonly listed as suspect and must be tested prior to impact by a Contractor. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Buckeye USD, Transportation Office & Break Room Portables 6

141 ENTEK Asbestos Regulatory Requirements US EPA The US EPA NESHAP (40 CFR Part 61 - Nov. 20, 1990) requires materials containing greater than one percent asbestos be removed prior to renovation or demolition of a regulated building, if those materials are friable, or likely to become friable due to the forces expected to act upon them during a renovation or demolition project. In California there are delegated counties or districts which enforce the NESHAP regulations, and may have regulations more restrictive than the US EPA. The property included in this inspection is located in El Dorado County. The US EPA NESHAP asbestos regulations are jointly enforced in this county by the US EPA Region lx and CARB. A demolition is the wrecking, taking out, or burning of any load supporting structural member. A renovation is everything else. 10 day written notification to the US EPA Region IX and CARB is required prior to the performance of any demolition project regardless of asbestos being present or not. This notification would also apply to any renovation project which involves the wrecking, taking out, or burning of any load bearing structural member. The roof sealant on the Transportation Break Room portable which was found to contain asbestos, would not be regulated by the US EPA or CARB since it is a non-friable material and the quantity does not exceed 160 square feet, 260 linear feet or 35 cubic feet. Therefore, 10 day asbestos related notification would not be required prior to removal of this material. However, 10 day demolition related notification is required for all buildings which will be demolished on this project. Cal/OSHA Disturbance of any ACM or ACCM could generate airborne asbestos fibers and would be regulated by Cal/OSHA. Cal/OSHA worker health and safety regulations apply during any disturbance of ACM or ACCM by a person while in the employ of another. This is true regardless of friability or quantity disturbed. If more than 100 square feet of ACM does exist and will be impacted during the upcoming project, a licensed asbestos contractor, certified by the State of California, and registered with Cal/OSHA is required to perform the asbestos related removal work. Entek recommends a licensed asbestos contractor be used to remove any amount of asbestos on this project. For compliance with Title 8, Section 341.9, the asbestos contractor must send written notice at least one day (24 hours) prior to start of any work which will impact any amount of asbestos to the local office for the State of California, Department of Occupational Safety and Health, and perform all work in accordance with Cal/OSHA requirements. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Buckeye USD, Transportation Office & Break Room Portables 7

142 ENTEK Lead Sampling Results One (1) bulk sample of tan exterior paint was collected from the exterior walls of the Transportation Office and Break Room Portables and placed into one sample bag. The sample was analyzed by atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS). Asbestech is accredited through the California State Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP) for this type of analysis. Results of the analysis is listed in the following table: Paint Determined Not To Contain Lead (At or Above 50 ppm) Paint Color Lead Content Component/Location Tan Paint on Exterior Siding <50 ppm Exterior W ood W alls of Transportation Office & Break Room Portables Since the tan exterior paint sampled during this survey was not reported to contain lead at or above the laboratories reporting limit of 50 ppm, it is considered to not contain lead. Therefore, no special lead related training or work practices are required when disturbing this paint. The interior of the portables are void of painted components. Fluorescent Light Tubes and Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) Fluorescent light tubes which contain mercury are considered a universal waste and must be packaged and recycled appropriately if they are removed from a building and not used again. The regulation, called the Universal Waste Rule, are in the California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 22, Division 4.5, Chapter 23. Fluorescent light tubes are the bulb or tube portion of an electric lighting device and are commonly referred to as lamps. Examples of other common electric lamps considered to be universal wastes include, but are not limited to, high intensity discharge, neon, mercury vapor, high pressure sodium, and metal halide lamps. Any lamp which is not spent and has been designated to be reused is not classified as a waste and does not meet the requirements of a hazardous waste or a universal waste. Spent lamps typically contain concentrations of mercury exceeding the established Total Threshold Limit Concentration (TTLC) and/or the Soluble Threshold Limit Concentration (STLC) values. Therefore, these lamps must be sent to an authorized recycle facility or to a universal waste consolidator for shipment to an authorized recycling facility. At a minimum, if removed lamps will not be reused they must be packaged in boxes/ packages/containers which are structurally sound, adequate to prevent breakage, and compatible with the content of the lamps. These packages must remain closed and be free of damage which could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions. Each container must be labeled or marked clearly with one of the following phrases: Universal Waste Lamp(s), or Waste Lamp(s), or Used Lamp(s). Entek recommends shipping any lamp not designated for reuse to a universal waste recycling facility once they have been packaged. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Buckeye USD, Transportation Office & Break Room Portables 8

143 ENTEK PCB containing light ballasts are to be considered a hazardous waste, and must be properly manifested for transport to a hazardous waste facility. Any contractor who may perform PCB related work (inspection, removal, clean-up) must be trained and qualified to do so. All workers must also follow current OSHA regulations including 29 CFR and 8 CCR 5192, as well as, other applicable federal, state, and local laws, and regulations. While light ballasts marked No PCB are not considered a hazardous waste, they are considered a universal waste. As a result, removal, packaging, and disposal/recycling of these types of ballasts must be conducted in accordance with current regulations. Thermostats With Mercury Switches It is possible existing thermostats utilize switches containing mercury. The mercury in these switches would be considered a hazardous waste if removed and disposed. Any work requiring removal of thermostats containing mercury switches, must include having the switches inspected for the presence of mercury, and subsequently following all requirements for packaging and disposal of any switch found to contain mercury. Freon and Fluorocarbons Freon and other fluorocarbon products associated with HVAC systems, refrigerators, etc. may be present in or on the exterior of the buildings included in this investigation. Prior to demolition of a structure or removal of existing HVAC systems, refrigerators, or any other type of equipment which typically uses these types of coolant products shall have the coolant materials investigated prior to their demolition and removed from the mechanical systems and recycled in accordance with Cal/EPA requirements. Smoke Detectors Which May Contain a Radioactive Element It is possible existing smoke detectors contain a radioactive element. These types of detectors are easily identified by reviewing the label which is usually found on the back of the detector. Older units may display the international radiation symbol (three bladed propeller) and the radioactive content. Newer units state the radioactive content and their Nuclear Regulatory Agency (NRC) license number. Any work requiring the removal of smoke detectors with a radioactive element must include contacting the manufacturer of the smoke detector to determine their return policies. The California Department of Toxic Substance Control (DTSC) has stated that it is a condition of the manufacturers NRC license they must accept returned units for disposal. Limitations Entek performed minor destructive sampling of floors, walls and ceilings in an effort to identify asbestos materials in such locations. However, it still may be possible for materials to be hidden in areas which are not included in this report. Furthermore, Entek did not employ any destructive measures on exterior areas covered with asphalt, concrete, or dirt. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Buckeye USD, Transportation Office & Break Room Portables 9

144 ENTEK If any new materials not listed as having been sampled, or listed as assumed for containing asbestos in this report are discovered, the new material must be assumed to contain asbestos until properly inspected and tested for asbestos content. Entek s policy is to retain a full copy of these written documents for three (3) years once the file is closed and final billed. At the end of the three (3) year period the written files will be destroyed without further notice. It is suggested copies of the file(s) are maintained as per the District s policy. In an effort to help our environment, Entek has adopted a new policy of going green and will be providing only this electronic copy of the report and its attachments for your use. However, if you would like a hard copy of this report please do not hesitate to ask. Entek will be happy to mail the report upon receipt of your request. Thank you for choosing Entek for your environmental needs. Please call me at (916) if you have any questions regarding this report. Appendices A. Asbestos Related Documents B. Lead Related Documents C. Backup Documentation Z:\Clients\Buckeye USD\ Various Portable Bldgs. - Pre-Demo Asb & Pb Survey\Project Letters & Reports\Final Report Transportation wpd Hazardous Materials Survey Report Buckeye USD, Transportation Office & Break Room Portables 10

145 ENTEK APPENDIX A ASBESTOS RELATED DOCUMENTS Bulk Asbestos Analysis Reports From Asbestech Bulk Asbestos Material Analysis Request Forms for Entek

146 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel.(916) Fax (916) Client: Job: Entek Consulting Group, Inc Buckeye USD Transportation Yard 4200 Rocklin Rd., Suite Merrychase Drive Rocklin, CA Cameron Park, Ca BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS REPORT LAB JOB # NVLAP Lab Code Date/Time Collected: 2/28/14 DOHS # 1153 Date Received: 3/4/14 Date Analyzed: 3/5/14 Sample No. Color/Description % Type Asbestos Other Materials ECG Transport- 01A Yellow carpet adhesive, Transportation NONE DETECTED Synthetics Office portable south floor 02A White cove base adhesive, Transportation NONE DETECTED Calcite Office portable south lower wall Brown cove base NONE DETECTED Calcite Opaques 03A White drywall, Transportation NONE DETECTED Gypsum Office portable upper south wall behind Cellulose wall paneling 04A White metal roof sealant, Transportation NONE DETECTED Opaques Office portable west edge of roof 05A Yellow carpet adhesive, Transportation NONE DETECTED Synthetics Lounge portable south floor 06A White sheet vinyl floor, Transportation NONE DETECTED Vinyl Lounge portable at restroom Cellulose White mastic NONE DETECTED Synthetics 07A White cove base adhesive, Transportation NONE DETECTED Calcite Lounge portable at east wall THE ANALYSIS USES POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND DISPERSION STAINING FOLLOWING E.P.A. METHOD 600/R-93/116. NON-FRIABLE MATERIALS WERE ANALYZED APPLYING THE SAME METHOD. THE LOWER DETECTION LIMIT IS <1 % WITH THE PROVISO THAT PLM MAY NOT DETECT FIBERS <0.25 MICRONS IN DIAMETER THAT MAY BE PRESENT IN SAMPLES SUCH AS FLOOR TILES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 22, CCR, SECTION (a)(2)(A),THE MCL IS 1 %. SAMPLES WERE NOT COLLECTED BY ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE REPRODUCED EXCEPT IN FULL WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT RELATES ONLY TO THE ITEMS TESTED. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE USED TO CLAIM PRODUCT ENDORSEMENT BY N.V.L.A.P. OR ANY AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. ASBESTECH ACCEPTS TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS REPORT AND DATE OF ISSUE. NVLAP LAB CODE LAB DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

147 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel.(916) Fax (916) Client: Job: Entek Consulting Group, Inc Buckeye USD Transportation Yard 4200 Rocklin Rd., Suite Merrychase Drive Rocklin, CA Cameron Park, Ca BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS REPORT LAB JOB # NVLAP Lab Code Date/Time Collected: 2/28/14 DOHS # 1153 Date Received: 3/4/14 Date Analyzed: 3/5/14 Sample No. Color/Description % Type Asbestos Other Materials ECG Transport- 08A White metal roof sealant, Transportation 1-5 CHRYSOTILE Opaques Lounge portable south edge of roof Polyethylene THE ANALYSIS USES POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND DISPERSION STAINING FOLLOWING E.P.A. METHOD 600/R-93/116. NON-FRIABLE MATERIALS WERE ANALYZED APPLYING THE SAME METHOD. THE LOWER DETECTION LIMIT IS <1 % WITH THE PROVISO THAT PLM MAY NOT DETECT FIBERS <0.25 MICRONS IN DIAMETER THAT MAY BE PRESENT IN SAMPLES SUCH AS FLOOR TILES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 22, CCR, SECTION (a)(2)(A),THE MCL IS 1 %. SAMPLES WERE NOT COLLECTED BY ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE REPRODUCED EXCEPT IN FULL WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT RELATES ONLY TO THE ITEMS TESTED. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE USED TO CLAIM PRODUCT ENDORSEMENT BY N.V.L.A.P. OR ANY AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. ASBESTECH ACCEPTS TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS REPORT AND DATE OF ISSUE. NVLAP LAB CODE LAB DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

148

149 ENTEK APPENDIX B LEAD RELATED DOCUMENTS Lead in Paint Samples Analysis Reports From Asbestech Bulk Lead Material Analysis Request Forms for Entek Lead Hazard Evaluation Report (CDPH 8552)

150 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel (916) Fax (916) FLAME ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY LEAD (Pb) IN PAINT SAMPLES METHOD SW B-7420 CLIENT: CDPH ELAP#1153 Entek Consulting Group, Inc. ELPAT# Rocklin Rd., Suite 7 Rocklin, CA JOB I.D: , Buckeye USD Transportation Yard, DATE RECEIVED: 3/4/ Merrychase Drive, Cameron Park, Ca DATE ANALYZED: 3/6/14 LAB JOB NO: 9984 DATE REPORTED: 3/6/14 SAMPLE DATE SAMPLE NUMBER 2/28/14 ECG Transport- 01Pb DESCRIPTION PPM RESULT IN WT% Tan paint on exterior wood siding, Transportation Lounge portable at east wall RL Q.C. BATCH <50 < % 34 Analytical results and reports are generated at the request and for the exclusive use of the client. This report applies only to the items tested. Samples were not collected by ASBESTECH. This report must not be reproduced except in full, and only with the express permission of ASBESTECH. This report must not be used to claim product endorsement by any agency of the U.S. Government. LABORATORY DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

151

152

153

154 ENTEK APPENDIX C BACK UP DOCUMENTATION Inspector Accreditations and Certifications Laboratory Accreditations for Asbestos and Lead Analysis

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163 ENTEK CONSULTING GROUP, INC Rocklin Road, Suite 7, Rocklin, CA Phone (916) Fax (916) HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SURVEY FINAL REPORT OWNER/CLIENT Buckeye Unified School District P.O. Box 4768 El Dorado Hills, CA CONTACT Mr. Ray Boike Director of Facilities BUILDINGS SURVEYED Former Maintenance Storage (Unit N) Former District Office (Unit M) Former Board Room Portable SURVEY ADDRESS 4561 Buckeye Road Shingle Springs, CA PREPARED BY Cory Sanders CAC # & CDPH #I/S/M Entek Consulting Group, Inc Rocklin Road; Suite 7 Rocklin, CA Entek Project # March 11, 2014 ASBESTOS LEAD MOLD INDOOR AIR QUALITY NOISE MONITORING TRAINING HEALTH AND SAFETY AUDITS

164 ENTEK TABLE OF CONTENTS Executive Summary Introduction Building Description Asbestos Inspection and Sample Collection Protocols Asbestos Bulk Sample Results Asbestos Regulatory Requirements Lead Sampling Results Fluorescent Light Tubes and Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) Thermostats With Mercury Switches Freon and Fluorocarbons Smoke Detectors Which May Contain a Radioactive Element Limitations Appendices A. Asbestos Related Documents B. Lead Related Documents C. Backup Documentation

165 ENTEK Executive Summary This is a summary of the report. The report must be read in its entirety, and the reader must review all the detailed information provided in the body of the report prior to making any interpretations, or conclusions pertaining to the information. Any conclusions made by the reader about the information provided in the body of this report which are contradictory or not included in this report are the responsibility of the reader. The United States Environmental Protection Agency, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (US EPA NESHAP), 40 CFR Part 61 - Nov. 20, 1990, requires an owner or operator of a demolition or renovation project to thoroughly inspect the affected facility or part of the facility where the demolition or renovation operation will occur for the presence of asbestos-containing materials (ACM) prior to the commencement of that project. The purpose of the inspection was to comply with US EPA NESHAP requirements which are jointly enforced by the US EPA Region lx and the California Air Resources Board (CARB) in El Dorado County and to determine if asbestos or lead containing materials are present which may be impacted during an upcoming demolition project. The buildings included in the upcoming project include the former Maintenance Storage (Unit N), former District Office (Unit M) and former Board Room. These buildings are located on the Buckeye Elementary School campus, 4561 Buckeye Road, Shingle Springs, CA This inspection report was requested by Mr. Ray Boike, Director of Facilities for the Buckeye Union School District. Asbestos Unit N - Former Maintenance Storage; Unit M - Former District Office; Former Board Room Portable; No asbestos reported in any of the bulk samples collected on February 28, No asbestos reported in any of the bulk samples collected on February 28, % chrysotile asbestos reported in the white roof sealant found on the metal roof, collected on February 28, Specifics regarding the asbestos survey can be found in later sections of this report. Lead Lead was not found to present at or above the laboratories reporting limit of 50 parts per million (ppm), in any of the samples collected which included the predominant interior and exterior paint colors for all structures surveyed. Specifics regarding the lead inspection can be found in later sections of this report. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Form er District Facilities (Unit M, Unit N, Board Room) 3

166 ENTEK Other Hazardous Materials Entek did not specifically inspect for mercury containing fluorescent light tubes or light ballasts which may contain polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), thermostats which may contain mercury switches, equipment or systems which may contain Freon or other fluorocarbons, or smoke detectors which may contain a radioactive element. However, information pertaining to these materials is included in this report for your use and reference if needed. Introduction This report presents results of an asbestos and lead survey performed by Entek Consulting Group, Inc. (Entek) which included all interior and exterior areas of Unit N (former Maintenance Storage), Unit M (former District Office) and the former Board Room portable. These structures are located at Buckeye Elementary School located at 4560 Buckeye Road, Shingle Springs, CA I conducted this survey on February 28, I am a US EPA Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA)-accredited building inspector, Cal/OSHA Certified Asbestos Consultant (CAC) and State of California Department of Public Health (CDPH) certified Lead Inspector/Assessor. Building Description Unit N (former maintenance storage); Unit N is comprised of mainly carpet flooring, but sheet vinyl flooring is present at the entry landing of the middle office. Vinyl cove base and mastic is present at all lower wall surfaces. All walls and ceilings are comprised of drywall with applied knockdown texture. The exterior walls are wood and the roof is comprised of composition tab roof shingles. The HVAC unit is located at the west exterior side of the building. Unit M (former district office); Unit M is comprised mainly of carpet flooring, but sheet vinyl flooring is present at the south entry landing and in the restrooms. Vinyl cove base and mastic is present at all lower wall surfaces. All walls and ceilings are comprised of drywall with applied knockdown texture. The exterior walls are wood and the roof is comprised of composition tab roof shingles. The HVAC unit is located on the roof at the southwest corner. Former Board Room Portable; This a portable structure with carpet flooring throughout and vinyl cove base and mastic at all lower walls surfaces. The walls are comprised of vinyl covered pressed wood wall panels over plywood. The ceiling is suspended with fiberglass 2'x4' drop in ceiling panels. The exterior walls are wood and the roof is metal with gray sealant at the edges, seams, screw heads, etc. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Form er District Facilities (Unit M, Unit N, Board Room) 4

167 ENTEK Asbestos Inspection and Sample Collection Protocols Entek included in this survey all interior and exterior areas associated with the subject buildings. Bulk samples were collected of various materials suspected to contain asbestos by utilizing a power drill and coring tube, cutting the materials with a razor knife, or use of other appropriate hand tools. Surfacing materials were collected in a statistically random manner representative of the associated homogenous area as required in 40 CFR Part 763, Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools; Final Rule and Notice, published October 30, Miscellaneous materials were collected from each homogenous area in a manner sufficient to determine whether the material is or is not ACM as required in 40 CFR Part 763, Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools; Final Rule and Notice, published October 30, Approximate locations of all samples collected during this inspection are indicated on the Bulk Asbestos Material Analysis Request Form for Entek, which served as the chain of custody for the samples, and on the building diagrams attached to this report. Asbestos Bulk Sample Results There were several materials observed which are considered suspect under US EPA guidelines. Under current US EPA guidelines for conducting building inspections for ACM, all "suspect" materials must be assumed to contain asbestos until otherwise determined by laboratory testing. The samples of materials suspected of containing asbestos were submitted to Asbestech Laboratory located in Carmichael, California. Asbestech is accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) to perform analysis of asbestos in bulk materials by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) using EPA Method 600/R-93/II6. A total of 38 bulk samples were collected during this survey. Some of the samples contained multiple layers which were individually analyzed to determine their asbestos content. Results of the analyses are listed in the following tables: Suspect Materials Found or Known TO Contain >1% Asbestos (CAT-I) Former Board Room Portable Sample ID# s Suspect Material Asbestos Content/Type Location Total Estimated Quantity ECG Buckeye-21A W hite Sealant on Metal Roof 1-5% Chrysotile Found on the metal roof of the former board room portable 5 Square Feet Hazardous Materials Survey Report Form er District Facilities (Unit M, Unit N, Board Room) 5

168 ENTEK Suspect Materials Found NOT TO Contain Asbestos Former Unit M, Former Unit N, Former Board Room Portable Sample ID# s Suspect Material EPA AHERA Suspected ACBM Asbestos Content Location ECG Buckeye-01A ECG Buckeye-02A ECG Buckeye-03A Yellow Carpet Adhesive Beige Sheet Vinyl Floor Tan Cove Base Mastic Miscellaneous None Detected Throughout Former Unit N Miscellaneous None Detected Form er Unit N, Entry Landing of Middle Office Miscellaneous None Detected Throughout Former Unit N ECG Buckeye-04A-C Drywall & Joint Com pound Miscellaneous None Detected Throughout Former Unit N ECG Buckeye-05A-C, 06A-C Drywall Texture Surfacing None Detected Throughout Former Unit N ECG Buckeye-07A,B ECG Buckeye-08A ECG Buckeye-09A ECG Buckeye-09A, 10A ECG Buckeye-11A Tab Roof Shingles Light Brown Sheet Vinyl Floor & Mastic Clear Carpet Adhesive Gray Floor Leveler Tan Cove Base Mastic Miscellaneous None Detected Form er Unit N, Roof Miscellaneous None Detected Former Unit M, Restroom s Miscellaneous None Detected Throughout Former Unit M Miscellaneous None Detected Former Unit M, Entries Miscellaneous None Detected Throughout Former Unit M ECG Buckeye-12A-C, 14A,B Drywall & Joint Com pound Miscellaneous None Detected Throughout Former Unit M ECG Buckeye-13A-E, 15A-C Drywall Texture Surfacing None Detected Throughout Former Unit M ECG Buckeye-16A ECG Buckeye-17A,B ECG Buckeye-18A HVAC Duct Seam Tape Tab Roof Shingles Black Roof Patch Mastic Miscellaneous None Detected Form er Unit N, Roof Mounted HVAC Unit Miscellaneous None Detected Former Unit M, Roof Miscellaneous None Detected Former Unit M, Roof Hazardous Materials Survey Report Form er District Facilities (Unit M, Unit N, Board Room) 6

169 ENTEK Suspect Materials Found NOT TO Contain Asbestos Former Unit M, Former Unit N, Former Board Room Portable Sample ID# s Suspect Material EPA AHERA Suspected ACBM Asbestos Content Location ECG Buckeye-19A ECG Buckeye-20A Yellow Carpet Adhesive Tan Cove Base Adhesive Miscellaneous None Detected Form er Board Room Portable Miscellaneous None Detected Form er Board Room Portable US EPA AHERA uses three terms when determining the classification of a material for the purpose of sampling. These terms include miscellaneous, surfacing, and thermal system insulation (TSI). Miscellaneous materials are building materials on structural components, structural members or fixtures, such as floor and ceiling tiles, and does not include surfacing material or TSI. Surfacing materials are materials that are sprayed-on, troweled-on, or otherwise applied to surfaces, such as acoustical plaster on ceiling and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, or other purposes. TSI is material applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts, or other structural components to prevent heat loss or gain, water condensation, or for other purposes. The information provided in the tables of this report are for use by the Owner in determining where asbestos containing materials are located, and whether or not any future work may impact those materials. The information is also provided for use by any contractor who may perform work in areas impacting the materials listed in this report, and for use as appropriate by asbestos abatement contractors to provide costs related to work impacting ACM. Any building materials which are considered suspect for containing asbestos which have not been identified in this report must be assumed to contain asbestos in amounts >1% until properly investigated and/or tested. Materials commonly excluded from being suspected for containing asbestos include, but are not limited to: unwrapped pink and yellow fiberglass insulating materials or products, foam insulation, bare concrete, wood, metal, plastic, or glass. All other types of building materials or coatings on the materials listed above are commonly listed as suspect and must be tested prior to impact by a Contractor. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Form er District Facilities (Unit M, Unit N, Board Room) 7

170 ENTEK Asbestos Regulatory Requirements US EPA The US EPA NESHAP (40 CFR Part 61 - Nov. 20, 1990) requires materials containing greater than one percent asbestos be removed prior to renovation or demolition of a regulated building, if those materials are friable, or likely to become friable due to the forces expected to act upon them during a renovation or demolition project. In California there are delegated counties or districts which enforce the NESHAP regulations, and may have regulations more restrictive than the US EPA. The property included in this inspection is located in El Dorado County. The US EPA NESHAP asbestos regulations are jointly enforced in this county by the US EPA Region lx and CARB. A demolition is the wrecking, taking out, or burning of any load supporting structural member. A renovation is everything else. 10 day written notification to the US EPA Region IX and CARB is required prior to the performance of any demolition project regardless of asbestos being present or not. This notification would also apply to any renovation project which involves the wrecking, taking out, or burning of any load bearing structural member. The roof sealant on the former Board Room portable which was found to contain asbestos, would not be regulated by the US EPA or CARB since it is a non-friable material and the quantity does not exceed 160 square feet, 260 linear feet or 35 cubic feet. Therefore, 10 day asbestos related notification would not be required prior to removal of this material. However, 10 day demolition related notification to the US EPA Region lx and CARB is required for all buildings which will be demolished on this project. Cal/OSHA Disturbance of any ACM or ACCM could generate airborne asbestos fibers and would be regulated by Cal/OSHA. Cal/OSHA worker health and safety regulations apply during any disturbance of ACM or ACCM by a person while in the employ of another. This is true regardless of friability or quantity disturbed. If more than 100 square feet of ACM does exist and will be impacted during the upcoming project, a licensed asbestos contractor, certified by the State of California, and registered with Cal/OSHA is required to perform the asbestos related removal work. Entek recommends a licensed asbestos contractor be used to remove any amount of asbestos on this project. For compliance with Title 8, Section 341.9, the asbestos contractor must send written notice at least one day (24 hours) prior to start of any work which will impact any amount of asbestos to the local office for the State of California, Department of Occupational Safety and Health, and perform all work in accordance with Cal/OSHA requirements. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Form er District Facilities (Unit M, Unit N, Board Room) 8

171 ENTEK Lead Sampling Results Five (5) bulk samples of paint were collected from interior and exterior surfaces of the buildings included on this project. This included three samples of white paint on interior drywall and tan paint on exterior wood siding. These two colors of paint were the predominant paints found during this survey. The samples were analyzed by atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS). Asbestech is accredited through the California State Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP) for this type of analysis. Results of the analyses are listed in the following table: Paint Determined Not To Contain Lead (At or Above 50 ppm) Paint Color Lead Content Component/Location W hite Paint on Drywall <50 ppm Former Unit M and N, Interior W all Surfaces Tan Paint on Exterior Siding <50 ppm Former Unit M, N & Board Room, Exterior W ood Siding Since none of the paints sampled during this survey were reported to contain lead at or above the laboratories reporting limit of 50 ppm, they are considered to not contain lead. Therefore, no special lead related training or work practices are required when disturbing these paints. Fluorescent Light Tubes and Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) Fluorescent light tubes which contain mercury are considered a universal waste and must be packaged and recycled appropriately if they are removed from a building and not used again. The regulation, called the Universal Waste Rule, are in the California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 22, Division 4.5, Chapter 23. Fluorescent light tubes are the bulb or tube portion of an electric lighting device and are commonly referred to as lamps. Examples of other common electric lamps considered to be universal wastes include, but are not limited to, high intensity discharge, neon, mercury vapor, high pressure sodium, and metal halide lamps. Any lamp which is not spent and has been designated to be reused is not classified as a waste and does not meet the requirements of a hazardous waste or a universal waste. Spent lamps typically contain concentrations of mercury exceeding the established Total Threshold Limit Concentration (TTLC) and/or the Soluble Threshold Limit Concentration (STLC) values. Therefore, these lamps must be sent to an authorized recycle facility or to a universal waste consolidator for shipment to an authorized recycling facility. At a minimum, if removed lamps will not be reused they must be packaged in boxes/ packages/containers which are structurally sound, adequate to prevent breakage, and compatible with the content of the lamps. These packages must remain closed and be free of damage which could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions. Each container must be labeled or marked clearly with one of the following phrases: Universal Waste Lamp(s), or Waste Lamp(s), or Used Lamp(s). Entek recommends shipping any Hazardous Materials Survey Report Form er District Facilities (Unit M, Unit N, Board Room) 9

172 ENTEK lamp not designated for reuse to a universal waste recycling facility once they have been packaged. PCB containing light ballasts are to be considered a hazardous waste, and must be properly manifested for transport to a hazardous waste facility. Any contractor who may perform PCB related work (inspection, removal, clean-up) must be trained and qualified to do so. All workers must also follow current OSHA regulations including 29 CFR and 8 CCR 5192, as well as, other applicable federal, state, and local laws, and regulations. While light ballasts marked No PCB are not considered a hazardous waste, they are considered a universal waste. As a result, removal, packaging, and disposal/recycling of these types of ballasts must be conducted in accordance with current regulations. Thermostats With Mercury Switches It is possible existing thermostats utilize switches containing mercury. The mercury in these switches would be considered a hazardous waste if removed and disposed. Any work requiring removal of thermostats containing mercury switches, must include having the switches inspected for the presence of mercury, and subsequently following all requirements for packaging and disposal of any switch found to contain mercury. Freon and Fluorocarbons Freon and other fluorocarbon products associated with HVAC systems, refrigerators, etc. may be present in or on the exterior of the buildings included in this investigation. Prior to demolition of a structure or removal of existing HVAC systems, refrigerators, or any other type of equipment which typically uses these types of coolant products shall have the coolant materials investigated prior to their demolition and removed from the mechanical systems and recycled in accordance with Cal/EPA requirements. Smoke Detectors Which May Contain a Radioactive Element It is possible existing smoke detectors contain a radioactive element. These types of detectors are easily identified by reviewing the label which is usually found on the back of the detector. Older units may display the international radiation symbol (three bladed propeller) and the radioactive content. Newer units state the radioactive content and their Nuclear Regulatory Agency (NRC) license number. Any work requiring the removal of smoke detectors with a radioactive element must include contacting the manufacturer of the smoke detector to determine their return policies. The California Department of Toxic Substance Control (DTSC) has stated that it is a condition of the manufacturers NRC license they must accept returned units for disposal. Limitations Entek performed minor destructive sampling of floors, walls and ceilings in an effort to identify asbestos materials in such locations. However, it still may be possible for materials to be hidden in areas which are not included in this report. Furthermore, Entek did not employ any destructive measures on exterior areas covered with asphalt, concrete, or dirt. Hazardous Materials Survey Report Form er District Facilities (Unit M, Unit N, Board Room) 10

173 ENTEK If any new materials not listed as having been sampled, or listed as assumed for containing asbestos in this report are discovered, the new material must be assumed to contain asbestos until properly inspected and tested for asbestos content. Entek s policy is to retain a full copy of these written documents for three (3) years once the file is closed and final billed. At the end of the three (3) year period the written files will be destroyed without further notice. It is suggested copies of the file(s) are maintained as per the District s policy. In an effort to help our environment, Entek has adopted a new policy of going green and will be providing only this electronic copy of the report and its attachments for your use. However, if you would like a hard copy of this report please do not hesitate to ask. Entek will be happy to mail the report upon receipt of your request. Thank you for choosing Entek for your environmental needs. Please call me at (916) if you have any questions regarding this report. Appendices A. Asbestos Related Documents B. Lead Related Documents C. Backup Documentation Z:\Clients\Buckeye USD\ Various Portable Bldgs. - Pre-Demo Asb & Pb Survey\Project Letters & Reports\Final Report Buckeye wpd Hazardous Materials Survey Report Form er District Facilities (Unit M, Unit N, Board Room) 11

174 ENTEK APPENDIX A ASBESTOS RELATED DOCUMENTS Bulk Asbestos Analysis Reports From Asbestech Bulk Asbestos Material Analysis Request Forms for Entek

175 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel.(916) Fax (916) Client: Job: Entek Consulting Group, Inc Buckeye USD 4200 Rocklin Rd., Suite Buckeye Road Rocklin, CA Shingle Springs, Ca BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS REPORT LAB JOB # NVLAP Lab Code Date/Time Collected: 2/28/14 DOHS # 1153 Date Received: 3/4/14 Date Analyzed: 3/5/14 Sample No. Color/Description % Type Asbestos Other Materials ECG Buckeye- 01A Yellow carpet adhesive, unit N NONE DETECTED Synthetics maintenance storage middle office entry area 02A beige sheet vinyl floor, unit N NONE DETECTED Vinyl maintenance storage middle office Cellulose entry area 03A Tan cove base adhesive, unit N NONE DETECTED Calcite maintenance storage south office west wall 04A White drywall, unit N NONE DETECTED Gypsum maintenance storage middle office Cellulose NW corner White joint compound 1 NONE DETECTED Calcite White joint compound 2 NONE DETECTED Calcite 04B White drywall, unit N NONE DETECTED Gypsum maintenance storage south office Cellulose NW corner White joint compound 1 NONE DETECTED Calcite White joint compound 2 NONE DETECTED Calcite THE ANALYSIS USES POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND DISPERSION STAINING FOLLOWING E.P.A. METHOD 600/R-93/116. NON-FRIABLE MATERIALS WERE ANALYZED APPLYING THE SAME METHOD. THE LOWER DETECTION LIMIT IS <1 % WITH THE PROVISO THAT PLM MAY NOT DETECT FIBERS <0.25 MICRONS IN DIAMETER THAT MAY BE PRESENT IN SAMPLES SUCH AS FLOOR TILES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 22, CCR, SECTION (a)(2)(A),THE MCL IS 1 %. SAMPLES WERE NOT COLLECTED BY ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE REPRODUCED EXCEPT IN FULL WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT RELATES ONLY TO THE ITEMS TESTED. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE USED TO CLAIM PRODUCT ENDORSEMENT BY N.V.L.A.P. OR ANY AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. ASBESTECH ACCEPTS TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS REPORT AND DATE OF ISSUE. NVLAP LAB CODE LAB DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

176 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel.(916) Fax (916) Client: Job: Entek Consulting Group, Inc Buckeye USD 4200 Rocklin Rd., Suite Buckeye Road Rocklin, CA Shingle Springs, Ca BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS REPORT LAB JOB # NVLAP Lab Code Date/Time Collected: 2/28/14 DOHS # 1153 Date Received: 3/4/14 Date Analyzed: 3/5/14 Sample No. Color/Description % Type Asbestos Other Materials ECG Buckeye- 04C White drywall, unit N NONE DETECTED Gypsum maintenance storage north office Cellulose SE corner White joint compound 1 NONE DETECTED Calcite White joint compound 2 NONE DETECTED Calcite 05A White drywall texture #1, unit N NONE DETECTED Calcite maintenance storage south office east wall 05B White drywall texture #1, unit N NONE DETECTED Calcite maintenance storage south office north wall 05C White drywall texture #1, unit N NONE DETECTED Calcite maintenance storage south office south wall 06A White drywall texture #2, unit N NONE DETECTED Calcite maintenance storage middle office north wall 06B White drywall texture #2, unit N NONE DETECTED Calcite maintenance storage middle office east wall THE ANALYSIS USES POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND DISPERSION STAINING FOLLOWING E.P.A. METHOD 600/R-93/116. NON-FRIABLE MATERIALS WERE ANALYZED APPLYING THE SAME METHOD. THE LOWER DETECTION LIMIT IS <1 % WITH THE PROVISO THAT PLM MAY NOT DETECT FIBERS <0.25 MICRONS IN DIAMETER THAT MAY BE PRESENT IN SAMPLES SUCH AS FLOOR TILES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 22, CCR, SECTION (a)(2)(A),THE MCL IS 1 %. SAMPLES WERE NOT COLLECTED BY ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE REPRODUCED EXCEPT IN FULL WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT RELATES ONLY TO THE ITEMS TESTED. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE USED TO CLAIM PRODUCT ENDORSEMENT BY N.V.L.A.P. OR ANY AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. ASBESTECH ACCEPTS TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS REPORT AND DATE OF ISSUE. NVLAP LAB CODE LAB DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

177 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel.(916) Fax (916) Client: Job: Entek Consulting Group, Inc Buckeye USD 4200 Rocklin Rd., Suite Buckeye Road Rocklin, CA Shingle Springs, Ca BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS REPORT LAB JOB # NVLAP Lab Code Date/Time Collected: 2/28/14 DOHS # 1153 Date Received: 3/4/14 Date Analyzed: 3/5/14 Sample No. Color/Description % Type Asbestos Other Materials ECG Buckeye- 06C White drywall texture #2, unit N NONE DETECTED Calcite maintenance storage north office west wall 07A Brown composition tab roof shingle, NONE DETECTED Tar Binder unit N maintenance storage north roof Fibrous Glass Black vapor barrier NONE DETECTED Tar Binder Cellulose 07B Brown composition tab roof shingle, NONE DETECTED Tar Binder unit N maintenance storage south roof Fibrous Glass Black vapor barrier NONE DETECTED Tar Binder Cellulose 08A Light brown sheet vinyl floor, NONE DETECTED Vinyl unit M district office restrooms Calcite (new construction) Gray mastic NONE DETECTED Calcite 09A Clear self-adhesive carpet adhesive, NONE DETECTED Synthetics unit M district office entry landing (original construction) Gray leveler NONE DETECTED Calcite THE ANALYSIS USES POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND DISPERSION STAINING FOLLOWING E.P.A. METHOD 600/R-93/116. NON-FRIABLE MATERIALS WERE ANALYZED APPLYING THE SAME METHOD. THE LOWER DETECTION LIMIT IS <1 % WITH THE PROVISO THAT PLM MAY NOT DETECT FIBERS <0.25 MICRONS IN DIAMETER THAT MAY BE PRESENT IN SAMPLES SUCH AS FLOOR TILES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 22, CCR, SECTION (a)(2)(A),THE MCL IS 1 %. SAMPLES WERE NOT COLLECTED BY ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE REPRODUCED EXCEPT IN FULL WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT RELATES ONLY TO THE ITEMS TESTED. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE USED TO CLAIM PRODUCT ENDORSEMENT BY N.V.L.A.P. OR ANY AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. ASBESTECH ACCEPTS TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS REPORT AND DATE OF ISSUE. NVLAP LAB CODE LAB DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

178 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel.(916) Fax (916) Client: Job: Entek Consulting Group, Inc Buckeye USD 4200 Rocklin Rd., Suite Buckeye Road Rocklin, CA Shingle Springs, Ca BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS REPORT LAB JOB # NVLAP Lab Code Date/Time Collected: 2/28/14 DOHS # 1153 Date Received: 3/4/14 Date Analyzed: 3/5/14 Sample No. Color/Description % Type Asbestos Other Materials ECG Buckeye- 10A Gray floor leveler, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office back porch entry (original construction) 11A Tan cove base mastic, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office west wall (original construction) White joint compound NONE DETECTED Calcite 12A White drywall, NONE DETECTED Gypsum unit M district office east wall at Cellulose north end (original construction) White joint compound 1 NONE DETECTED Calcite White joint compound 2 NONE DETECTED Calcite 12B White drywall, NONE DETECTED Gypsum unit M district office middle of west wall Cellulose (original construction) White joint compound 1 NONE DETECTED Calcite White joint compound 2 NONE DETECTED Calcite THE ANALYSIS USES POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND DISPERSION STAINING FOLLOWING E.P.A. METHOD 600/R-93/116. NON-FRIABLE MATERIALS WERE ANALYZED APPLYING THE SAME METHOD. THE LOWER DETECTION LIMIT IS <1 % WITH THE PROVISO THAT PLM MAY NOT DETECT FIBERS <0.25 MICRONS IN DIAMETER THAT MAY BE PRESENT IN SAMPLES SUCH AS FLOOR TILES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 22, CCR, SECTION (a)(2)(A),THE MCL IS 1 %. SAMPLES WERE NOT COLLECTED BY ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE REPRODUCED EXCEPT IN FULL WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT RELATES ONLY TO THE ITEMS TESTED. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE USED TO CLAIM PRODUCT ENDORSEMENT BY N.V.L.A.P. OR ANY AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. ASBESTECH ACCEPTS TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS REPORT AND DATE OF ISSUE. NVLAP LAB CODE LAB DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

179 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel.(916) Fax (916) Client: Job: Entek Consulting Group, Inc Buckeye USD 4200 Rocklin Rd., Suite Buckeye Road Rocklin, CA Shingle Springs, Ca BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS REPORT LAB JOB # NVLAP Lab Code Date/Time Collected: 2/28/14 DOHS # 1153 Date Received: 3/4/14 Date Analyzed: 3/5/14 Sample No. Color/Description % Type Asbestos Other Materials ECG Buckeye- 12C White drywall, NONE DETECTED Gypsum unit M district office back splash at Cellulose kitchen sink (original construction) White joint compound 1 NONE DETECTED Calcite White joint compound 2 NONE DETECTED Calcite 13A White drywall texture, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office kitchen ceiling (original construction) 13B White drywall texture, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office east wall of kitchen (original construction) 13C White drywall texture, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office middle office at west wall (original construction) 13D White drywall texture, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office east wall at north end (original construction) 13E White drywall texture, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office SE most office at south wall (original construction) THE ANALYSIS USES POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND DISPERSION STAINING FOLLOWING E.P.A. METHOD 600/R-93/116. NON-FRIABLE MATERIALS WERE ANALYZED APPLYING THE SAME METHOD. THE LOWER DETECTION LIMIT IS <1 % WITH THE PROVISO THAT PLM MAY NOT DETECT FIBERS <0.25 MICRONS IN DIAMETER THAT MAY BE PRESENT IN SAMPLES SUCH AS FLOOR TILES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 22, CCR, SECTION (a)(2)(A),THE MCL IS 1 %. SAMPLES WERE NOT COLLECTED BY ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE REPRODUCED EXCEPT IN FULL WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT RELATES ONLY TO THE ITEMS TESTED. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE USED TO CLAIM PRODUCT ENDORSEMENT BY N.V.L.A.P. OR ANY AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. ASBESTECH ACCEPTS TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS REPORT AND DATE OF ISSUE. NVLAP LAB CODE LAB DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

180 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel.(916) Fax (916) Client: Job: Entek Consulting Group, Inc Buckeye USD 4200 Rocklin Rd., Suite Buckeye Road Rocklin, CA Shingle Springs, Ca BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS REPORT LAB JOB # NVLAP Lab Code Date/Time Collected: 2/28/14 DOHS # 1153 Date Received: 3/4/14 Date Analyzed: 3/5/14 Sample No. Color/Description % Type Asbestos Other Materials ECG Buckeye- 14A White drywall, NONE DETECTED Gypsum unit M district office NE office at Cellulose NW corner (new construction) White joint compound NONE DETECTED Calcite 14B White drywall, NONE DETECTED Gypsum unit M district office north entry hall Cellulose by restrooms (new construction) White joint compound 1 NONE DETECTED Calcite White joint compound 2 NONE DETECTED Calcite 15A White drywall texture, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office NE office at north wall (new construction) 15B White drywall texture, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office unisex restroom at west wall (new construction) 15C White drywall texture, NONE DETECTED Calcite unit M district office north wall adjacent restrooms (new construction) 16A White HVAC duct seam tape, NONE DETECTED Cellulose unit M district office SW side of roof Opaques at HVAC unit THE ANALYSIS USES POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND DISPERSION STAINING FOLLOWING E.P.A. METHOD 600/R-93/116. NON-FRIABLE MATERIALS WERE ANALYZED APPLYING THE SAME METHOD. THE LOWER DETECTION LIMIT IS <1 % WITH THE PROVISO THAT PLM MAY NOT DETECT FIBERS <0.25 MICRONS IN DIAMETER THAT MAY BE PRESENT IN SAMPLES SUCH AS FLOOR TILES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 22, CCR, SECTION (a)(2)(A),THE MCL IS 1 %. SAMPLES WERE NOT COLLECTED BY ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE REPRODUCED EXCEPT IN FULL WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT RELATES ONLY TO THE ITEMS TESTED. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE USED TO CLAIM PRODUCT ENDORSEMENT BY N.V.L.A.P. OR ANY AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. ASBESTECH ACCEPTS TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS REPORT AND DATE OF ISSUE. NVLAP LAB CODE LAB DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

181 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel.(916) Fax (916) Client: Job: Entek Consulting Group, Inc Buckeye USD 4200 Rocklin Rd., Suite Buckeye Road Rocklin, CA Shingle Springs, Ca BULK ASBESTOS ANALYSIS REPORT LAB JOB # NVLAP Lab Code Date/Time Collected: 2/28/14 DOHS # 1153 Date Received: 3/4/14 Date Analyzed: 3/5/14 Sample No. Color/Description % Type Asbestos Other Materials ECG Buckeye- 17A Brown composition tab roof shingle, NONE DETECTED Tar Binder unit M district office SW side of roof Fibrous Glass Black shingle NONE DETECTED Tar Binder Fibrous Glass 17B Brown composition tab roof shingle, NONE DETECTED Tar Binder unit M district office north side of roof Fibrous Glass Black shingle NONE DETECTED Tar Binder Fibrous Glass 18A Black roof patch mastic, NONE DETECTED Tar Binder unit M district office SW side of roof Cellulose near HVAC unit 19A Yellow carpet adhesive, Board Room NONE DETECTED Synthetics portable at entry 20A Tan cove base adhesive, Board Room NONE DETECTED Calcite portable at south wall 21A White metal roof sealant, Board Room 1-5 CHRYSOTILE Opaques portable at south edge of roof Polyethylene THE ANALYSIS USES POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY AND DISPERSION STAINING FOLLOWING E.P.A. METHOD 600/R-93/116. NON-FRIABLE MATERIALS WERE ANALYZED APPLYING THE SAME METHOD. THE LOWER DETECTION LIMIT IS <1 % WITH THE PROVISO THAT PLM MAY NOT DETECT FIBERS <0.25 MICRONS IN DIAMETER THAT MAY BE PRESENT IN SAMPLES SUCH AS FLOOR TILES. IN ACCORDANCE WITH TITLE 22, CCR, SECTION (a)(2)(A),THE MCL IS 1 %. SAMPLES WERE NOT COLLECTED BY ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE REPRODUCED EXCEPT IN FULL WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF ASBESTECH. THIS REPORT RELATES ONLY TO THE ITEMS TESTED. THIS REPORT MUST NOT BE USED TO CLAIM PRODUCT ENDORSEMENT BY N.V.L.A.P. OR ANY AGENCY OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. ASBESTECH ACCEPTS TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THIS REPORT AND DATE OF ISSUE. NVLAP LAB CODE LAB DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

182

183

184

185

186 ENTEK APPENDIX B LEAD RELATED DOCUMENTS Lead in Paint Samples Analysis Reports From Asbestech Bulk Lead Material Analysis Request Forms for Entek Lead Hazard Evaluation Report (CDPH 8552)

187 ASBESTECH 6825 Fair Oaks Blvd., Suite 103 Carmichael, California Tel (916) Fax (916) FLAME ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY LEAD (Pb) IN PAINT SAMPLES METHOD SW B-7420 CLIENT: CDPH ELAP#1153 Entek Consulting Group, Inc. ELPAT# Rocklin Rd., Suite 7 Rocklin, CA JOB I.D: , Buckeye USD, DATE RECEIVED: 3/4/ Buckeye Road, Shingle Springs, Ca DATE ANALYZED: 3/6/14 LAB JOB NO: 9983 DATE REPORTED: 3/6/14 SAMPLE DATE SAMPLE NUMBER 2/28/14 ECG Buckeye-01Pb 2/28/14 ECG Buckeye-02Pb 2/28/14 ECG Buckeye-03Pb 2/28/14 ECG Buckeye-04Pb 2/28/14 ECG Buckeye-05Pb DESCRIPTION PPM RESULT IN WT% White paint on drywall, unit N maintenance storage collected from south and middle offices Tan paint on exterior wood siding, unit N maintenance storage east exterior wall White paint on drywall (original construction), unit M District Office east wall at north end White paint on drywall (new construction), unit M District Office NE office Tan paint on exterior wood siding, unit M District Office east exterior wall RL Q.C. BATCH <50 < % 34 <50 < % 34 <50 < % 34 <50 < % 34 <50 < % 34 Analytical results and reports are generated at the request and for the exclusive use of the client. This report applies only to the items tested. Samples were not collected by ASBESTECH. This report must not be reproduced except in full, and only with the express permission of ASBESTECH. This report must not be used to claim product endorsement by any agency of the U.S. Government. LABORATORY DIRECTOR: TOM CONLON ANALYST: JIM JUNGLES

188

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT BID FORMS FOR 2013-14 CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK REPAIR AND CURB-RAMP INSTALLATION PW 13-28 PLEASE USE BLACK INK WHEN YOU PREPARE THESE FORMS DO NOT DETACH ANY OF THIS MATERIAL THIS

More information

Bidding Conditions. March 22, (Project# 0192) at the. Fresno Chaffee Zoo. Project : Warthog Exhibit. Located at. 894 West Belmont Avenue

Bidding Conditions. March 22, (Project# 0192) at the. Fresno Chaffee Zoo. Project : Warthog Exhibit. Located at. 894 West Belmont Avenue Bidding Conditions March 22, 2018 (Project# 0192) at the Fresno Chaffee Zoo Project : Warthog Exhibit Located at 894 West Belmont Avenue Fresno, CA 93728 Page 1 of 8 DEFINITIONS Addendum - A document issued

More information

CITY OF AZUSA. Azusa Gateway Improvements (CIP #66111B)

CITY OF AZUSA. Azusa Gateway Improvements (CIP #66111B) CITY OF AZUSA Azusa Gateway Improvements (CIP #66111B) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. NOTICE INVITING BIDS... 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS... 3 BID FORM... 10 BID SCHEDULE... 10 CONTRACTOR

More information

BID DOCUMENTS FOR CASTLE HEAD START REROOFING REROOFING PROJECT, BID # CASTLE HEAD START 2050 ACADEMY DRIVE ATWATER, CA 95301

BID DOCUMENTS FOR CASTLE HEAD START REROOFING REROOFING PROJECT, BID # CASTLE HEAD START 2050 ACADEMY DRIVE ATWATER, CA 95301 BID DOCUMENTS FOR CASTLE HEAD START REROOFING REROOFING PROJECT, BID # 2018-11 AT CASTLE HEAD START 2050 ACADEMY DRIVE ATWATER, CA 95301 MERCED COUNTY OFFICE OF EDUCATION 632 W. 13 th STREET MERCED, CA

More information

Bidding Conditions Attachment C

Bidding Conditions Attachment C Bidding Conditions Attachment C REV Date: November 9, 2018 Project Name (Permit Nos. xxx) at the Fresno Chaffee Zoo Project No. xxxx Located at 894 West Belmont Avenue Fresno, CA 93728 Page 1 of 8 DEFINITIONS

More information

The Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. Instructions to Bidders

The Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. Instructions to Bidders The Home Depot U.S.A., Inc. Instructions to Bidders Home Depot Page 1 of 5 Article 1 Definitions 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding

More information

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT FREMONT SQUARE SIDEWALK RECONSTRUCTION PROJECT NO. PW1438/ATPL-5008(140)

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT FREMONT SQUARE SIDEWALK RECONSTRUCTION PROJECT NO. PW1438/ATPL-5008(140) PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT BID FORMS FOR FREMONT SQUARE SIDEWALK RECONSTRUCTION PROJECT NO. PW1438/ATPL-5008(140) DO NOT DETACH ANY OF THIS MATERIAL THIS CONSTITUTES YOUR BID PROPOSAL SUBMIT ONE ORIGINAL

More information

A D D E N D U M. REPLACE: Project Summary with attached revised Project Summary. 1 Specification Section Project Summary

A D D E N D U M. REPLACE: Project Summary with attached revised Project Summary. 1 Specification Section Project Summary A D D E N D U M 1 TO All Plan Holders ISSUE DATE 20 January 2017 PROJECT # 15-028 REGARDING Switchgear Replacement NARRATIVE PAGES 1 15-02812 KVa Switchgear Replacement Project SPECIFICATION PAGES 10 DRAWING

More information

DEAN + TYLER + BURNS ARCHITECTURE

DEAN + TYLER + BURNS ARCHITECTURE DEAN + TYLER + BURNS ARCHITECTURE May 17, 2017 Community Safe Room for the City Springville 580 Indian Crest Drive Indian Springs, AL 35124 tel.: 205.427.7890 email: m@rchitecture-e.com ADDENDUM NO. 3

More information

Main Building Auditorium

Main Building Auditorium Main Building Auditorium Theatre and Lighting Upgrade Moberly Area Community College 101 College Avenue Moberly, Missouri This document contains all necessary instructions and specifications to perform

More information

DAG Architects, Inc. July South Walton Fire District Fleet Maintenance/Logistics Building & Training Tower

DAG Architects, Inc. July South Walton Fire District Fleet Maintenance/Logistics Building & Training Tower DOCUMENT 001153 - REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS 1.1 PURPOSE, LAWS, AND REGULATIONS A. The purpose of the Prequalification Procedure described in this Document is to provide Owner with a mechanism to evaluate

More information

GYMNASIUM RENOVATION WASHINGTON HIGH SCHOOL

GYMNASIUM RENOVATION WASHINGTON HIGH SCHOOL PROJECT MANUAL FOR CONSTRUCTION OF GYMNASIUM RENOVATION WASHINGTON HIGH SCHOOL WASHINGTON COMMUNITY SCHOOLS Washington, Indiana PROJECT MANUAL FOR CONSTRUCTION OF GYMNASIUM RENOVATION WASHINGTON HIGH SCHOOL

More information

Part I List below all dates for receipt of each Addendum received in connection with this solicitation.

Part I List below all dates for receipt of each Addendum received in connection with this solicitation. ADDENDA RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BID NUMBER: TITLE: INSTRUCTIONS: The proposer will complete Part I OR Part II of this form, whichever is applicable as well as sign and date this form. This form serves

More information

SAN FRANCISCO UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT FACILITIES, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION ADDENDUM NO. 1

SAN FRANCISCO UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT FACILITIES, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION ADDENDUM NO. 1 SAN FRANCISCO UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT FACILITIES, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION ADDENDUM NO. 1 PROJECT: Longfellow ES Exit Balcony Addition DATE: March 4, 2019 755 Morse Street, SF, CA 94112 SFUSD Project No.12059

More information

Sunnycrest Manor Roosevelt Street Dubuque, IA Sunnycrest Manor Kitchen Ventilation MEP Engineers Project #1735

Sunnycrest Manor Roosevelt Street Dubuque, IA Sunnycrest Manor Kitchen Ventilation MEP Engineers Project #1735 Sunnycrest Manor 2375 Roosevelt Street Dubuque, IA 52001 Sunnycrest Manor Kitchen Ventilation MEP Engineers Project #1735 Sunnycrest Manor Kitchen Ventilation SUNNYCREST MANOR KITCHEN VENTILATION 2375

More information

DEMOLITION BID. BID OPENING November 20, 2018, 8:00pm. Village of Germantown 306 Prairie St. Germantown, IL 62245

DEMOLITION BID. BID OPENING November 20, 2018, 8:00pm. Village of Germantown 306 Prairie St. Germantown, IL 62245 DEMOLITION BID BID OPENING November 20, 2018, 8:00pm Village of Germantown 306 Prairie St. Germantown, IL 62245 Important Bids will not be reviewed without the following information fully completed and

More information

This Addendum is directed to all prime Contract Bidders, and all others to whom Drawings and Specifications have been issued by the Architect.

This Addendum is directed to all prime Contract Bidders, and all others to whom Drawings and Specifications have been issued by the Architect. North Campus Entrance and related work Wallace State Community College ADDENDUM 3 PART 1 - GENERAL Project: North Campus Entrance and related work [B.C. # 2016259] Owner: Wallace State Community College

More information

NOTICE TO BIDDERS FOR

NOTICE TO BIDDERS FOR CITY OF SAN LEANDRO STATE OF CALIFORNIA ENGINEERING AND TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT NOTICE TO BIDDERS FOR MONARCH BAY DRIVE BRIDGE REPAIR PROJECT NO. 12-144-38-324 BID NO. 12-13.013 1. BID OPENING: The bidder

More information

ADDENDUM NO. B. TO THE BID DOCUMENTS, dated 1/5/16 FOR THE

ADDENDUM NO. B. TO THE BID DOCUMENTS, dated 1/5/16 FOR THE ADDENDUM NO. B TO THE BID DOCUMENTS, dated 1/5/16 FOR THE CVUSD M&O/WAREHOUSE/PRINTING SERVICES TENANT IMPROVEMENT 667 Building & 750 Building #DO-15C1024 & #DO-15C1026 CONEJO VALLEY UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT

More information

LOS RIOS COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT 1919 Spanos Court, Sacramento, CA Phone (916) FAX (916) Purchasing Department

LOS RIOS COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT 1919 Spanos Court, Sacramento, CA Phone (916) FAX (916) Purchasing Department Addendum 1 Text 5-9-17 LOS RIOS COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT 1919 Spanos Court, Sacramento, CA 95825 Phone (916) 568-3071 FAX (916) 568-3145 Purchasing Department Sacramento City College American River College

More information

BID Addenda No. Date Issued Addenda No. Date Issued

BID Addenda No. Date Issued Addenda No. Date Issued BID - 004113 BID TO: THE CITY AND BOROUGH OF JUNEAU 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with the OWNER in the form included in the Contract

More information

BIDDING DOCUMENTS FOR THE WASHINGTON UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR

BIDDING DOCUMENTS FOR THE WASHINGTON UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR BIDDING DOCUMENTS FOR THE WASHINGTON UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR SOUTHPORT ELEMENTARY SCHOOL ELECTRONIC MARQUEE AT SOUTHPORT ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 2747 Linden Road, West Sacramento, CA 95961 BCA Architects

More information

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTENTS I. Bid Documents II. Ethical Business Practices III. Contractor Qualifications IV. Performance and Quality Standards V. Bid Evaluation VI. Contract Award VII. Work Operations

More information

Highlands Housing Authority

Highlands Housing Authority Highlands Housing Authority 215 Shore Drive, Highlands, New Jersey 07732 TELEPHONE: (732) 872-2022 FAX: (732) 291-8743 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS for CONCRETE SIDEWALK REPAIRS at JENNIE PARKER MANOR HIGHLANDS,

More information

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MARION COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISORS REPAIR AND RE-ROOF OF EXISTING CAFETERIA AND INDUSTRIAL BUILDING MARION COUNTY BUSINESSPLEX

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MARION COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISORS REPAIR AND RE-ROOF OF EXISTING CAFETERIA AND INDUSTRIAL BUILDING MARION COUNTY BUSINESSPLEX CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MARION COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISORS REPAIR AND RE-ROOF OF EXISTING CAFETERIA AND INDUSTRIAL BUILDING MARION COUNTY BUSINESSPLEX MARION COUNTY, MS MARCH 2019 1574 HWY. 98 EAST COLUMBIA,

More information

Coastal Carolina University RE-BID WILLIAMS BRICE RENOVATION AND REPAIR Conway, South Carolina

Coastal Carolina University RE-BID WILLIAMS BRICE RENOVATION AND REPAIR Conway, South Carolina Project Manual for Coastal Carolina University RE-BID WILLIAMS BRICE RENOVATION AND REPAIR Conway, South Carolina DWG Consulting Engineers 1009 Anna Knapp Blvd. Suite 202 Mt Pleasant, South Carolina 29464

More information

BIDDING INFORMATION FOR HOLLY HILL ADMINISTRATION COMPLEX RENOVATION AND ADDITION. for the COUNTY OF ORANGEBURG. Project Number: FY

BIDDING INFORMATION FOR HOLLY HILL ADMINISTRATION COMPLEX RENOVATION AND ADDITION. for the COUNTY OF ORANGEBURG. Project Number: FY BIDDING INFORMATION FOR HOLLY HILL ADMINISTRATION COMPLEX RENOVATION AND ADDITION for the COUNTY OF ORANGEBURG Project Number: FY13-1206 October 18, 2012 1180 Columbia Avenue Suite 201 29063 (803) 781-1451

More information

DOCUMENT BID PROPOSAL

DOCUMENT BID PROPOSAL DOCUMENT 00 41 13 BID PROPOSAL TO: SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT, a California Community College District, acting by and through its Board of Trustees ("the District"). FROM: (Name of

More information

PROJECT MANUAL for Phantom Canyon Tunnel Repair Project. Location On Fremont County Road miles North of Intersection US Highway 50 with FCR 67

PROJECT MANUAL for Phantom Canyon Tunnel Repair Project. Location On Fremont County Road miles North of Intersection US Highway 50 with FCR 67 August 28, 2018 PROJECT MANUAL for Phantom Canyon Tunnel Repair Project Location On Fremont County Road 67 7.5 miles North of Intersection US Highway 50 with FCR 67 Fremont County, Colorado OWNER: Fremont

More information

DIVISION 0 - CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

DIVISION 0 - CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SECTION 00200 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Montgomery County Public Schools Facilities Guide DIVISION 0 - CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Described below are general and specific instructions provided to assist

More information

ELECTRONIC COPY NOT FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ALL BIDDERS SHALL BE ON THE OFFICIAL BIDDER'S LIST

ELECTRONIC COPY NOT FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ALL BIDDERS SHALL BE ON THE OFFICIAL BIDDER'S LIST SECTION 00000 TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF PICAYUNE ROOF REHABILITATION FOR PICAYUNE POLICE DEPARTMENT PICAYUNE, MS DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00001... Advertisement for Bids 00100...

More information

ELLIS PARKER SECURITY FENCE AND RETAINING WALL WATERPROOFING 2015 C.I.P. #

ELLIS PARKER SECURITY FENCE AND RETAINING WALL WATERPROOFING 2015 C.I.P. # 4 1 601 MADRONE, SPRINGFIELD, OREGON 97478 TELEPHONE (541) 896-3692 FAX (541) 896-0231 Project Manual ELLIS PARKER SECURITY FENCE AND RETAINING WALL WATERPROOFING 2015 C.I.P. # 420.176.108 EUGENE PUBLIC

More information

OAK PARK HIGH SCHOOL. Planetarium Upgrade from Analog to Digital

OAK PARK HIGH SCHOOL. Planetarium Upgrade from Analog to Digital PROJECT MANUAL For OAK PARK HIGH SCHOOL Planetarium Upgrade from Analog to Digital OWNER: OAK PARK SCHOOLS 13900 Granzon Oak Park, MI 48237 ARCHITECT: 65 Market Street Mount Clemens, MI 48043 P. (586)

More information

City of Eagle Point 2017 Paving Instruction to Bidders

City of Eagle Point 2017 Paving Instruction to Bidders City of Eagle Point 2017 Paving Instruction to Bidders Issued: August 2, 2017 Closing Date and Time: Wednesday August 16, 2016 at 2:00 pm Project Summary The City of Eagle Point is requesting bids for

More information

NO. 1 TO THE DRAWINGS AND THE PROJECT MANUAL. PROJECT NAME: Anna High School Additions and Renovations. CLIENT NAME: Anna ISD. LOCATION: Anna, Texas

NO. 1 TO THE DRAWINGS AND THE PROJECT MANUAL. PROJECT NAME: Anna High School Additions and Renovations. CLIENT NAME: Anna ISD. LOCATION: Anna, Texas NO. 1 TO THE DRAWINGS AND THE PROJECT MANUAL PROJECT NAME: Anna High School Additions and Renovations CLIENT NAME: Anna ISD LOCATION: PROJECT NUMBER: 1772-01-01 PROPOSAL DATE: Thursday, June 14, 2018,

More information

Specifications & Contract Documents. for the. Countywide Stormwater Culvert Repair/Replacement Phase 2. For the Macon Water Authority

Specifications & Contract Documents. for the. Countywide Stormwater Culvert Repair/Replacement Phase 2. For the Macon Water Authority Specifications & Contract Documents for the Countywide Stormwater Culvert Repair/Replacement Phase 2 For the Macon Water Authority Bibb County, Georgia TPE Project # MWA 005 5223 Riverside Drive, Suite

More information

PROJECT MANUAL FOR: CP AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING RAIN TOWER REPAIRS CP HULSTON HALL STAIR TOWER REPAIRS

PROJECT MANUAL FOR: CP AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING RAIN TOWER REPAIRS CP HULSTON HALL STAIR TOWER REPAIRS ADDENDUM #01 DATE: MAY 6, 2016 Page 1 of 2 TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ENTITLED: PROJECT MANUAL FOR: CP151322 AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING RAIN TOWER REPAIRS CP160372 HULSTON HALL STAIR TOWER REPAIRS AT UNIVERSITY

More information

FORESTHILL PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT SUGAR PINE DAM SPILLWAY REPAIR PROJECT

FORESTHILL PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT SUGAR PINE DAM SPILLWAY REPAIR PROJECT FORESTHILL PUBLIC UTILITY DISTRICT BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUGAR PINE DAM SPILLWAY REPAIR PROJECT September 2013 Wagner & Bonsignore Consulting Civil Engineers

More information

SECTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 00020 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE(S) BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SECTION PAGE(S) PART 1 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 00010 Title Page... 00001-1

More information

Faculty Student Association

Faculty Student Association State University of New York College at Fredonia 280 Central Ave. Fredonia, New York 14063 PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS BID SET CHAINTREUIL JENSEN STARK ARCHITECTS, LLP 54 SOUTH UNION ST. ROCHESTER, NEW YORK

More information

Project Manual April 20, 2015

Project Manual April 20, 2015 Project Manual April 20, 2015 Bozeman School District No. 7 Bozeman, Montana 2015 Roof Replacement Project for: Set Number PROJECT MANUAL BOZEMAN SCHOOL DISTRICT No.7 ROOF REPLACEMENT 2015 Comprised of

More information

PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION

PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 22160 22169 22160. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that the design build method of project delivery, using a best value procurement methodology, has been authorized

More information

This Addendum Number One forms part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents dated June 8, 2016.

This Addendum Number One forms part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents dated June 8, 2016. ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE - June 15, 2016 CITY OF CLARKSVILLE TO: All Bidders of Record This Addendum Number One forms part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents dated June 8,

More information

FIRE ALARM BID PACKAGE FOR: CHESTERFIELD JUDICIAL CENTER CHESTERFIELD, SC PMH No PMH

FIRE ALARM BID PACKAGE FOR: CHESTERFIELD JUDICIAL CENTER CHESTERFIELD, SC PMH No PMH PROJECT MANUAL FIRE ALARM BID PACKAGE FOR: CHESTERFIELD, SC PMH No. 13045 ALLIANCE CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1201 Main Street, Suite #2020 Columbia, SC 29201-3297 PMH PIKE McFARLAND HALL ASSOCIATES, INC. ARCHITECTS

More information

STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SERVICES REAL ESTATE SERVICES DIVISION CONSTRUCTION SERVICES BRANCH DIRECT CONSTRUCTION UNIT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SERVICES REAL ESTATE SERVICES DIVISION CONSTRUCTION SERVICES BRANCH DIRECT CONSTRUCTION UNIT STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SERVICES REAL ESTATE SERVICES DIVISION CONSTRUCTION SERVICES BRANCH DIRECT CONSTRUCTION UNIT INVITATION FOR BIDS FOR: PARKING LOT REPAIRS AND UPGRADES CALIFORNIA

More information

ADDENDUM NO. 3. Item 3 NOTICE OF OPPORTUNITY - REPLACE in its entirety with the attached ***REVISED 08/03/2018

ADDENDUM NO. 3. Item 3 NOTICE OF OPPORTUNITY - REPLACE in its entirety with the attached ***REVISED 08/03/2018 Construction Contracts Administration, Procurement Contracts & Materials Management (PCMM) Oregon State University 644 SW 13 th Ave. Corvallis, Oregon 97333 P 541-737-4261 F 541-737-5546 oregonstate.edu

More information

INVITATION TO BID (Request for Proposal)

INVITATION TO BID (Request for Proposal) INVITATION TO BID (Request for Proposal) February 16, 2017 PROJECT Facilities Master Plan - Phase 1 Interior Renovations PROJECT DESCRIPTION The Topeka and Shawnee County Public Library is a 21st-century,

More information

THIRD STREET WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT PROJECT

THIRD STREET WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT PROJECT MARINA COAST WATER DISTRICT THIRD STREET WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT PROJECT CIP NO. OW-0240 June 2015 00010-1 Third Street Water Main Replacement Project CIP No. OW-0240 Document 00050 Marina Coast Water

More information

Finance & Technology Administrator (815) ext 223

Finance & Technology Administrator (815) ext 223 2017 PAVING IMPROVEMENTS BID PACKET Due: Location: April 26, 2017 by 10:00 am Oregon Park District Fairgrounds Park 607 Fair Park Drive Oregon, IL 61061 Bid Proposal: 2017 Paving Improvements Administrative

More information

SPECIFICATIONS FOR SIDEWALK REPLACEMENT PROGRAM

SPECIFICATIONS FOR SIDEWALK REPLACEMENT PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS FOR SIDEWALK REPLACEMENT PROGRAM CITY OF GALENA 101 GREEN STREET GALENA, IL 61036 MAY 2016 Project must be completed between 5 th and 30 th September 2016 CONTENTS Page # ADVERTISEMENT FOR

More information

NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS East Campus Vet Tech Portable X-ray Room Renovation

NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS East Campus Vet Tech Portable X-ray Room Renovation Bid No. B18/9998 05/09/2018 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS East Campus Vet Tech Portable X-ray Room Renovation Sealed Bids will be received until 3:00 P.M. (Tucson Time), June 5, 2018, by Pima County Community

More information

LIVINGSTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PARTIAL ROOF REPLACEMENT

LIVINGSTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PARTIAL ROOF REPLACEMENT GENERAL CONTRACT FOR: LIVINGSTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PARTIAL ROOF REPLACEMENT March 14 2016 BCWH Project No. 2016.03 Spotsylvania County School Board Spotsylvania County, Virginia PROJECT MANUAL BCWH 1840

More information

IMPROVEMENTS TO THE MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC SYSTEM OF THE CITY OF PIQUA, OHIO

IMPROVEMENTS TO THE MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC SYSTEM OF THE CITY OF PIQUA, OHIO IMPROVEMENTS TO THE MUNICIPAL ELECTRIC SYSTEM OF THE CITY OF PIQUA, OHIO PROJECT MANUAL FOR CONTRACT NO. 016-00781-01 GAS TURBINE GENERATOR NO. 9 ROOF REPLACEMENT PROJECT FEBRUARY 2018 1001 Madison Avenue

More information

BERRYESSA UNION SCHOOL DISTRICT PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 1376 PIEDMONT RD SAN JOSE, CA OFC FAX

BERRYESSA UNION SCHOOL DISTRICT PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 1376 PIEDMONT RD SAN JOSE, CA OFC FAX BERRYESSA UNION SCHOOL DISTRICT PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 1376 PIEDMONT RD SAN JOSE, CA 95132 408-923-1871 OFC 408-926-8329 FAX PREQUALIFICATION PACKAGE INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROSPECTIVE MEP SUBCONTRACTORS FEBRUARY

More information

NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS East Campus Exterior EIFS and Painting Project

NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS East Campus Exterior EIFS and Painting Project Bid No. B17/9963 April 11, 2017 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS East Campus Exterior EIFS and Painting Project Sealed Bids will be received until 3:00 P.M. (Tucson Time), May 4, 2017, by Pima County Community

More information

PROJECT. at the UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS CAMPUS Project Number: Bid Date:

PROJECT. at the UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS CAMPUS Project Number: Bid Date: PROJECT THE BIDDING AND CONTRACT PROVISIONS Document 00 40 00 - Bid (Standard Contract Set) at the UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS CAMPUS Project Number: To: The Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois

More information

PROJECT MANUAL. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT & DEMOLITION Former Dundee School 122 East Street Dundee, IA

PROJECT MANUAL. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT & DEMOLITION Former Dundee School 122 East Street Dundee, IA PROJECT MANUAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT & DEMOLITION Former Dundee School 122 East Street Dundee, IA 52038 Prepared By: 9550 Hickman Rd, Suite 105 Clive, IA 50325 Phone (515) 473-6256 Fax

More information

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. Philadelphia Regional Port Authority 3460 North Delaware Ave. 2 nd Floor Philadelphia, PA 19134 February 19, 2019 To: All Bidders From: Kate Bailey Director of Procurement Re: ADDENDUM NO. 4 Project 19-011.3

More information

PUBLIC SAFETY BUILDING BUILDING DEMOLITION

PUBLIC SAFETY BUILDING BUILDING DEMOLITION Contract No. BE19-117 File No. 2003 SECTION 00005 - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT BIDDING and CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS No.

More information

CITY OF DE PERE PROJECT VOYAGEUR PARK PLAYGROUND BID DATE: FEBRUARY 1, 1:00 PM

CITY OF DE PERE PROJECT VOYAGEUR PARK PLAYGROUND BID DATE: FEBRUARY 1, 1:00 PM CITY OF DE PERE PROJECT 18-12 VOYAGEUR PARK PLAYGROUND BID DATE: FEBRUARY 1, 2018 @ 1:00 PM Bid documents, including plans and specifications, are available for download at www.questcdn.com. The QuestCDN

More information

Both envelopes must have the following information in the lower left hand corner:

Both envelopes must have the following information in the lower left hand corner: SECTION 001116 INVITATION TO BID The City of Morgantown is requesting a bid for masonry restoration for the City Hall Building in Morgantown, WV. The Project is for building envelope rehabilitation including

More information

CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS FOR

CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS FOR COUNTY OF SACRAMENTO MUNICIPAL SERVICES CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS FOR KIEFER LANDFILL On-site Perimeter Road Rehabilitation Project Manager: Sejin Oh, PE Sacramento County Department of Waste Management

More information

Route 66 Signage Project

Route 66 Signage Project Community Development Department Route 66 Signage Project Project #: 2016-01 Bid Date: June 21, 2016 1. Notice Inviting Bids 2. Bid Schedule 3. Addendums 4. Plan Holders List 5. Bid Summary NOTICE INVITING

More information

Bidders Name: DOCUMENT 330 BID FORM

Bidders Name: DOCUMENT 330 BID FORM Bidders Name: DOCUMENT 330 BID FORM TO: The City of Topeka, Kansas Contracts & Procurement Division 215 S.E. 7th St., Room 60 Topeka, Kansas 66603 Project No. and Description: 1. The undersigned Bidder

More information

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2018 AERATION OF WWTP EFFLUENT CITY OF DURAND 215 WEST CLINTON STREET DURAND, MI JULY 2018 PREPARED BY:

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2018 AERATION OF WWTP EFFLUENT CITY OF DURAND 215 WEST CLINTON STREET DURAND, MI JULY 2018 PREPARED BY: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2018 AERATION OF WWTP EFFLUENT CITY OF DURAND 215 WEST CLINTON STREET DURAND, MI 48429 JULY 2018 PREPARED BY: 555 S. SAGINAW STREET SUITE 201 DUR 2001.01F FLINT, MI 48502 Table of Contents

More information

Document B101 TM. Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect

Document B101 TM. Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect Document B101 TM 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year (In words, indicate day, month and year.) BETWEEN the Architect s client identified

More information

AUTOMATIC FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR: CHESTERFIELD JUDICIAL CENTER CHESTERFIELD, SC PMH No PMH

AUTOMATIC FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR: CHESTERFIELD JUDICIAL CENTER CHESTERFIELD, SC PMH No PMH PROJECT MANUAL PHASE 1 AUTOMATIC FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR: CHESTERFIELD, SC PMH No. 13045 ALLIANCE CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1201 Main Street, Suite #2020 Columbia, SC 29201-3297 PMH PIKE McFARLAND HALL ASSOCIATES,

More information

ALBERT F. BIELLA ELEMENTARY SCHOOL RE-ROOFING PACKAGE

ALBERT F. BIELLA ELEMENTARY SCHOOL RE-ROOFING PACKAGE Project Manual for ALBERT F. BIELLA ELEMENTARY SCHOOL RE-ROOFING PACKAGE Santa Rosa City School February 15, 2017 PBK Project No.: 1725-04R Bid Documents 2860 Gateway Oaks Drive, Suite 370 Sacramento,

More information

REVISED BID FORM. To Procurement Services, Room 1104, 900 East Broad Street, Richmond, Virginia:

REVISED BID FORM. To Procurement Services, Room 1104, 900 East Broad Street, Richmond, Virginia: REVISED BID FORM SEALED BIDS WILL BE RECEIVED at the Department of Procurement Services, City Hall, 900 E. Broad Street, Rm. 1104, Richmond, Virginia 23219, UNTIL BUT NOT LATER THAN 2:30 P.M. ON February

More information

City of Eagle Point South Shasta Pedestrian Bridge Instruction to Bidders

City of Eagle Point South Shasta Pedestrian Bridge Instruction to Bidders City of Eagle Point South Shasta Pedestrian Bridge Instruction to Bidders Issued: November 15, 2017 Closing Date and Time: January 16, 2018, at 2:00 pm Project Summary The City of Eagle Point is requesting

More information

Document B252TM 2007

Document B252TM 2007 Document B252TM 2007 Standard Form of Architect s Services: Architectural Interior Design for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) This document has important legal consequences. Consultation

More information

STATE OF ALASKA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY INVITATION TO BID

STATE OF ALASKA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY INVITATION TO BID STATE OF ALASKA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY INVITATION TO BID SHINGLE ROOF REPLACEMENT, SITKA PROJECT NO. 139834 ADVERTISED DATE: FEBRUARY 14, 2018 ISSUED BY: DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY Division of Administrative

More information

2. Provide a revised bid form which includes revised language in Section II, Bidder Responsiveness Section. (attached to this Addendum 1)

2. Provide a revised bid form which includes revised language in Section II, Bidder Responsiveness Section. (attached to this Addendum 1) Philadelphia Regional Port Authority 3460 North Delaware Ave. 2 nd Floor Philadelphia, PA 19134 October 30, 2018 To: All Bidders From: Kate Bailey Director of Procurement Re: ADDENDUM NO. 1 Project 18-110.1

More information

Document B101 TM. Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect

Document B101 TM. Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect Document B101 TM 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year Two Thousand and BETWEEN the Architect s client identified as the Owner: Capitol

More information

SECTION BID FORM

SECTION BID FORM Attachment 1 Contract 13 Addendum 3 ARTICLE 1 BID RECIPIENT 1.01 This Bid is submitted to: SECTION 00300 BID FORM CITY OF CAPE CORAL NORTH 2 UTILITIES EXTENSION PROJECT CONTRACT 13 City of Cape Coral,

More information

COSUMNES COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT ELK GROVE, CALIFORNIA

COSUMNES COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT ELK GROVE, CALIFORNIA COSUMNES COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT ELK GROVE, CALIFORNIA CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR PARKING LOT REHABILITATION FOR VARIOUS PARK SITE LOCATIONS IN ELK GROVE, CA CONTRACT # PO-18-014 NOTICE

More information

STANDARD CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. and TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. for. Ultraviolet Disinfection Replacement. Northfield, Minnesota

STANDARD CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. and TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. for. Ultraviolet Disinfection Replacement. Northfield, Minnesota STANDARD CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for Ultraviolet Disinfection Replacement Northfield, Minnesota 2016 City Project #WSTR2016-J07 Bolton & Menk Project #M23.112089 ENGINEERING STANDARD

More information

2. Clarification: The building address is 801 Henderson Street.

2. Clarification: The building address is 801 Henderson Street. East Energy Structural Steel Painting University of South Carolina Project Number H27-Z037 Addendum One October 19, 2015 NOTE: The following amendments, additions, and deletions shall be made to the Construction

More information

D-639 ADA Improvements Phase 2 Civil

D-639 ADA Improvements Phase 2 Civil BID DOCUMENTS COVER SHEET CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR AT Diablo Valley College 321 Golf Club Road Pleasant Hill, CA 94523 CONTRA COSTA COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT DSA File # 7-C1, DSA Application # 01-116800

More information

DOCUMENT BID FORM. Village of Middle Point

DOCUMENT BID FORM. Village of Middle Point DOCUMENT 00300 BID FORM PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Water Treatment Plant Replacement Village of Middle Point THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: Village of Middle Point 103 N. Adams Street Middle Point, OH 45863-0191

More information

INFORMAL BID PROPOSAL FORM STATE OF NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

INFORMAL BID PROPOSAL FORM STATE OF NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION INFORMAL BID PROPOSAL FORM STATE OF NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION The bid proposal is to be returned to the buyer via the e-mail noted in the solicitation, and will be accepted no later than

More information

Cameron Park Elementary School Demolition 626 Waycross Road, Cincinnati, OH 45240

Cameron Park Elementary School Demolition 626 Waycross Road, Cincinnati, OH 45240 PROJECT MANUAL FOR Cameron Park Elementary School Demolition 626 Waycross Road, Cincinnati, OH 45240 for the Winton Woods City School District 1215 West Kemper Road, Cincinnati, OH 45240 SHP Comm. No.

More information

Refer to Section Proposal Form/All Trades (issued) a. Revised Alternate No. 2 b. Added Alternate No. 3

Refer to Section Proposal Form/All Trades (issued) a. Revised Alternate No. 2 b. Added Alternate No. 3 WAKELY ASSOCIATES, INC. ADDENDUM NO. ONE ARCHITECTS 30500 Van Dyke Avenue Suite 209 Warren, Michigan 48093 NEW LED LIGHTING Page 1 of 1 (write up only) January 23, 2018 ADDENDUM NO. ONE to the plans and

More information

LAKE ARROWHEAD COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT HEADWORKS FINE SCREEN REPLACEMENT AT THE GRASS VALLEY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROJECT NO.

LAKE ARROWHEAD COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT HEADWORKS FINE SCREEN REPLACEMENT AT THE GRASS VALLEY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROJECT NO. LAKE ARROWHEAD COMMUNITY SERVICES DISTRICT SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF HEADWORKS FINE SCREEN REPLACEMENT AT THE GRASS VALLEY WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROJECT NO. 139 OCTOBER 2017 LACSD PO

More information

Memphis Housing Authority Capital Improvements Department 700 Adams Street, Room 107 Memphis, Tennessee

Memphis Housing Authority Capital Improvements Department 700 Adams Street, Room 107 Memphis, Tennessee Memphis Housing Authority Capital Improvements Department 700 Adams Street, Room 107 Memphis, Tennessee 38105-5029 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Issued: March 6, 2018 This addendum shall become and form a part of the

More information

ELECTRONIC COPY NOT FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ALL BIDDERS SHALL BE ON THE OFFICIAL BIDDER'S LIST

ELECTRONIC COPY NOT FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ALL BIDDERS SHALL BE ON THE OFFICIAL BIDDER'S LIST PEARL RIVER COUNTY UTILITY AUTHORITY POPLARVILLE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT BELT FILTER PRESS PROJECT PEARL RIVER COUNTY, MS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00030 Notice

More information

COUNTY OF ALAMEDA. REVISED BID DUE DATE: 2:00 p.m., THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 2016

COUNTY OF ALAMEDA. REVISED BID DUE DATE: 2:00 p.m., THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 17, 2016 WILLIE A. HOPKINS, JR., Director COUNTY OF ALAMEDA ADDENDUM No. 2 DATE: October 26, 2016 to Project No. CPP14C130230000 for Lead and Pesticide Contaminated Soil Remediation Cherryland Community Center

More information

Black Creek Consolidated Drain (Dirkes Drain)

Black Creek Consolidated Drain (Dirkes Drain) Black Creek Consolidated Drain (Dirkes Drain) CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS ISSUED FOR BID Prepared For: Muskegon County Drain Commissioner Prepared By: Project No. 14-111 May 2016 Table of Contents Division

More information

2. Provide a revised Section 17 and 27 to our Instructions to Bidders (attached)

2. Provide a revised Section 17 and 27 to our Instructions to Bidders (attached) Philadelphia Regional Port Authority 3460 North Delaware Ave. 2 nd Floor Philadelphia, PA 19134 November 19, 2018 To: All Bidders From: Kate Bailey Director of Procurement Re: ADDENDUM NO. 1 Project 18-152.0

More information

ADDENDUM #3. GRW Project No.: Date: March 19, 2019 Subject: City of Nicholasville Fire Station #4

ADDENDUM #3. GRW Project No.: Date: March 19, 2019 Subject: City of Nicholasville Fire Station #4 ADDENDUM #3 GRW Project No.: Date: March 19, 2019 Subject: City of Nicholasville Fire Station #4 Please address inquiries to: Aaron R. Nickerson GRW, Inc. anickerson@grwinc.com TO ALL PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS:

More information

INSTALLATION OF TWO ELECTRIC CAR CHARGING STATIONS

INSTALLATION OF TWO ELECTRIC CAR CHARGING STATIONS COUNTY OF MENDOCINO GENERAL SERVICES AGENCY INSTALLATION OF TWO ELECTRIC CAR CHARGING STATIONS 841 & 851 LOW GAP ROAD, UKIAH MENDOCINO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA BID DOCUMENTS PROJECT LOCATION: INFORMATION: COUNTY

More information

REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS AND STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS IMPACT FEE STUDY

REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS AND STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS IMPACT FEE STUDY REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS AND STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS IMPACT FEE STUDY June 1, 2018 The City of Rhome is now accepting sealed Request for Proposals and Statement of Qualifications (RFQ) for New Water &

More information

Indian Valley Campus Median landscape Improvements and Irrigation Project #16/17 MB11

Indian Valley Campus Median landscape Improvements and Irrigation Project #16/17 MB11 Indian Valley Campus Median landscape Improvements and Irrigation Project #16/17 MB11 Marin Community College District Mandatory Conference/Walk: Wednesday, May 5, 2017, at 1:00p.m. Fiscal Services, Building

More information

1997 Part 2. Document B141. Standard Form of Architect's Services: Design and Contract Administration TABLE OF ARTICLES

1997 Part 2. Document B141. Standard Form of Architect's Services: Design and Contract Administration TABLE OF ARTICLES TM Document B141 Standard Form of Architect's Services: Design and Contract Administration 1997 Part 2 TABLE OF ARTICLES 2.1 PROJECT ADMINISTRATION SERVICES 2.2 SUPPORTING SERVICES 2.3 EVALUATION AND PLANNING

More information

BOILER REPLACEMENT AT SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING FOR ALABAMA A&M UNIVERSITY. Normal, Alabama

BOILER REPLACEMENT AT SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING FOR ALABAMA A&M UNIVERSITY. Normal, Alabama BOILER REPLACEMENT AT SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING FOR ALABAMA A&M UNIVERSITY Normal, Alabama MIMS ENGINEERING, INC., 112B Southside Square, Huntsville, AL 35801 May 2, 2018 BOILER REPLACEMENT AT SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

More information

OREGON UNIVERSITY SYSTEM. NOTICE OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT OPPORTUNITY For OUS Retainer Contractors

OREGON UNIVERSITY SYSTEM. NOTICE OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT OPPORTUNITY For OUS Retainer Contractors OREGON UNIVERSITY SYSTEM NOTICE OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACT OPPORTUNITY For OUS Retainer Contractors Portland State University is accepting sealed bids from general contractors for the West Heating

More information

6494 Latcha Rd. Walbridge, Ohio v: f: Table of Contents

6494 Latcha Rd. Walbridge, Ohio v: f: Table of Contents Document (00 21 13) Rudolph/Libbe Inc. www.rlcos.com 6494 Latcha Rd. Walbridge, Ohio 43465 v: 419.241-5000 f: 419.837.9373 Table of Contents 1.0 General Instructions 1.1 Document Hierarchy 1.2 Safety 1.3

More information

DOCUMENT INVITATION TO BID

DOCUMENT INVITATION TO BID DOCUMENT 00 11 16 INVITATION TO BID 1. Notice is hereby given that the governing board ( Board ) of the Oakland School District ( District or Owner ) will receive sealed bids for the following: Project

More information

CITY OF DE PERE PROJECT HVAC MAINTENANCE RE-BID BID DATE: MAY 5, 1:00 PM

CITY OF DE PERE PROJECT HVAC MAINTENANCE RE-BID BID DATE: MAY 5, 1:00 PM CITY OF DE PERE PROJECT 16-10 HVAC MAINTENANCE RE-BID BID DATE: MAY 5, 2016 @ 1:00 PM Bid documents, including plans and specifications, are available for download at www.questcdn.com. The QuestCDN website

More information

SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT DOCUMENT BID PROPOSAL

SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT DOCUMENT BID PROPOSAL DOCUMENT 00 41 13 BID PROPOSAL TO: SAN JOSE / EVERGREEN COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT, a California Community College District, acting by and through its Board of Trustees ("the District"). FROM: (Name of

More information